Casio | CTK-2000 | manual | Casio CTK-2000 CTK-3000 Manual

Casio CTK-2000 CTK-3000 Manual
‫‪A‬‬
‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻓﻀﻠﻚ ﺣﺎﻓﻆ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻛﻤﺮﺟﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﻳﺔ ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﻓﻰ ﺃﻟﻤﺎﻧﻴﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪MA0811-B Printed in China‬‬
‫‪CTK2000/3000AR1B‬‬
‫‪31/10/2008 05:05:24‬‬
‫ﺇﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﻣﺤﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺮﺍءﺓ ﺍﻟﺠﺰء ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔﺼﻞ ”ﺇﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ“‪.‬‬
‫‪F‬‬
‫‪CTK2000/3000AR1B‬‬
‫‪CTK2000_00_ar_COV1-4.indd 1‬‬
‫● ﺃﺳﻤﺎء ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﻛﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻟﻸﺧﺮﻳﻦ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺃﻱ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺳﻮﺍء ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎً ﺃﻭ ﻛﻠﻴﺎً‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻨﻌﺎً ﺑﺎﺗﺎً‪ .‬ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻋﺪﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ‪ ،‬ﺍﻹﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻲ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺇﺳﺘﺸﺎﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻛﺎﺳﻴﻮ ‪ CASIO‬ﻫﻮ ﻣﻤﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻨﻌﺎً ﺑﺎﺗﺎً ﺗﺤﺖ ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻊ‪.‬‬
‫ً‬
‫)ﻣﺸﺘﻤﻼ‪ ،‬ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻷﺗﻼﻓﺎﺕ ﻟﻔﻘﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﺎﺡ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻄﺮﺍﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ( ﻗﺪ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ‬
‫● ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻱ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻛﺎﺳﻴﻮ ‪ CASIO‬ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻱ ﺗﻠﻒ ﺃﻳﻨﻤﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺃﻭ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻛﺎﺳﻴﻮ ‪ CASIO‬ﻗﺪ ﻧﺼﺤﺖ ﺑﺈﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻷﺗﻼﻓﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫● ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﻌﺮﺿﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪25/03/2008 06:01:48‬‬
‫‪CTK2000_00_ar_COV1-4.indd 2‬‬
‫‪Sostenuto‬‬
‫‪Soft pedal‬‬
‫‪Reverb send‬‬
‫‪RPN LSB, MSB‬‬
‫‪All sound off‬‬
‫‪Reset all controller‬‬
‫‪ :*1‬ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ‬
‫‪ : RPN :*2‬ﺣﺴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺇﻧﺤﻨﺎء ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻢ )ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺩﻳﻞ ‪ CTK-3000‬ﻓﻘﻂ(‬
‫‪ : RPN :*3‬ﺣﺴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺇﻧﺤﻨﺎء ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻢ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻐﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻋﻢ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻐﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﺸﻦ‬
‫‪ :*4‬ﺗﺒﻌﺎً ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻝ‬
‫‪ :*5‬ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻊ ﻟﻠﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻲ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻐﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻋﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻐﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﺸﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﻹﺻﺪﺍء‬
‫‪ :*6‬ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻊ ﻟﻠﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻲ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ‪ ،GM‬ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻐﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻋﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻐﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﺸﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﻹﺻﺪﺍء‬
‫• ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻼﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﻣﺶ ‪ ،٥ ،٣ ،٢‬ﻭ‪ ،٦‬ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻢ ‪ MIDI‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ‬
‫‪http://world.casio.com/‬‬
‫‪O : Yes‬‬
‫‪X : No‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O *3‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O *4‬‬
‫‪O *4‬‬
‫‪X‬‬
‫‪X (CTK-2000) O (CTK-3000) *2‬‬
‫‪X‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪66‬‬
‫‪67‬‬
‫‪91‬‬
‫‪100, 101‬‬
‫‪120‬‬
‫‪121‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O *6‬‬
‫‪X‬‬
‫‪X‬‬
‫‪X‬‬
‫‪X‬‬
‫‪X‬‬
‫‪:True #‬‬
‫‪O *5‬‬
‫‪X‬‬
‫‪X‬‬
‫‪X‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪X‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪X‬‬
‫‪Program‬‬
‫‪Change‬‬
‫‪: Song Pos‬‬
‫‪: Song Sel‬‬
‫‪: Tune‬‬
‫‪: Clock‬‬
‫‪: Commands‬‬
‫‪X‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪X‬‬
‫‪X‬‬
‫‪Remarks‬‬
‫‪Messages‬‬
‫‪System Exclusive‬‬
‫‪System‬‬
‫‪Common‬‬
‫‪System‬‬
‫‪Real Time‬‬
‫‪Aux‬‬
‫‪: Local ON/OFF‬‬
‫‪: All notes OFF‬‬
‫‪: Active Sense‬‬
‫‪: Reset‬‬
‫‪Mode 2 : OMNI ON, MONO‬‬
‫‪Mode 4 : OMNI OFF, MONO‬‬
‫‪Mode 1 : OMNI ON, POLY‬‬
‫‪Mode 3 : OMNI OFF, POLY‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪AR-2 .........................................‬‬
‫ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻻﻏﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﻹﺟﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ‪AR-19 ...................‬‬
‫ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ )‪AR-4 ........................................... (3‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ‪AR-19 .................................................‬‬
‫ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﺳﺎﺩﺓ ‪-١٠‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ )‪AR-4 .................................... (bn‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﺰﻑ‪AR-5 ....................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﻀﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ‪AR-5 ............................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻣﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ‪AR-5 ...........................................................‬‬
‫ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪AR-19 .................................................‬‬
‫ﺃﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻻﻏﻨﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺠﺰء ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ‪AR-20 ...................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﻭﺱ ‪ ،٢ ،١‬ﻭ‪AR-21 .................................................٣‬‬
‫ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪AR-22 .....................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ‪AR-6 ............‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ ‪AR-23 .....................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ‪AR-6 .............................‬‬
‫ﻟﻌﺒﺔ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ‪AR-25 ......‬‬
‫ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺱ ‪AR-6 .............................................‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺇﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻠﻤﺲ )ﺇﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻤﺲ(‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺩﻳﻞ ‪ CTK-3000‬ﻓﻘﻂ( ‪AR-7 .......................................‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪AR-27 ..................‬‬
‫ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﻨﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ‪AR-8 ...............................................‬‬
‫ﻋﺰﻑ ﺟﺰء ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ ﻓﻘﻂ ‪AR-27 ............................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ‪AR-9 .............‬‬
‫ﺃﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻨﻮﻋﺔ ﻟﻶﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ‪AR-9 .......................‬‬
‫ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻹﺻﺪﺍء ‪AR-10 ...................................................‬‬
‫ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻝ ‪AR-10 ......................................................‬‬
‫ﻋﺰﻑ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻹﺟﺰﺍء ‪AR-28 ...............................................‬‬
‫ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ‪AR-30 ............................‬‬
‫ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺒﻖ ﺫﻭ ﺍﻟﻠﻤﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪AR-31 ........................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺑﺄﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ‪AR-32 .....................‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻢ )ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻐﻴﻢ( ‪AR-11................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ‪AR-32 ................................................‬‬
‫ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻋﺠﻠﺔ ﺇﻧﺤﻨﺎء ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻢ ﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻢ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻨﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺩﻳﻞ ‪ CTK-3000‬ﻓﻘﻂ( ‪AR-11...................‬‬
‫ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ‪AR-33 ..................................................... MIDI‬‬
‫ﺃﺧﺬ ﻋﻴﻨﺔ ﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻭﻋﺰﻓﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ )ﺃﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ(‪AR-12 ...‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻲ ‪AR-35 .........................................‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻋﻴﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻉ ﻣﺎ )ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻠﺔ(‪AR-14 .................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‪AR-36 .........................................‬‬
‫ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻷﻏﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ‪AR-15 ................‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﻘﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺄ‪AR-36 .........................................................‬‬
‫ﻋﺰﻑ ﺃﻏﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﻌﺮﺍﺽ‪AR-15 ..........................................‬‬
‫ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﺰﻑ ﺃﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﺤﺪﺩﺓ ‪AR-15 ..........................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ‪AR-38 ..........................................................‬‬
‫ﺃﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪AR-39 ..................................................‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻻﻏﺎﻧﻲ ‪AR-40 .......................................................‬‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ ‪AR-41 .........................................................‬‬
‫‪MIDI Implementation Chart‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺘﻤﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻞ‬
‫● ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ‬
‫● ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻷﻏﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫● ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻳﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫• ﺇﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ‬
‫• ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ‬
‫• ﺃﺧﺮﻯ )ﺍﻟﻀﻤﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺃﻟﺦ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺘﻤﻠﺔ ﻛﻤﻠﺤﻘﺎﺕ ﻣﻌﺮﺿﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﻟﻮﺝ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻛﺎﺳﻴﻮ ‪ CASIO‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺎﺋﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺰﺋﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ ﻛﺎﺳﻴﻮ ‪ CASIO‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ‬
‫‪ URL‬ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪http://world.casio.com/‬‬
‫‪AR-1‬‬
‫‪25/03/2008 06:02:34‬‬
‫‪CTK2000_00_ar.indb 1‬‬
‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﺎﻡ‬
‫• ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻄﻠﺢ ”ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ“ ﻳﺮﺟﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪.CTK-2000/CTK-3000‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺿﻴﺤﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺗﻮﺿﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺩﻳﻞ ‪.CTK-3000‬‬
‫• ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺧﺮﻯ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻐﻬﺎ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺎً ﺍﻻﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﺤﺔ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ‪.‬‬
‫‪4 5‬‬
‫‪bm‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪bk‬‬
‫‪bl‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪9‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫‪7‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫‪bn‬‬
‫‪cm‬‬
‫‪cl‬‬
‫‪cn‬‬
‫‪ck‬‬
‫‪bt‬‬
‫‪bs‬‬
‫‪cr‬‬
‫‪br‬‬
‫‪bq‬‬
‫‪cq‬‬
‫‪bo‬‬
‫‪bp‬‬
‫‪cp‬‬
‫‪co‬‬
‫‪cn‬‬
‫‪ct dk‬‬
‫‪cs‬‬
‫‪AR-2‬‬
‫‪25/03/2008 06:02:35‬‬
‫‪CTK2000_00_ar.indb 2‬‬
‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﺎﻡ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ )‪(POWER‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪AR-6‬‬
‫ﺯﺍﻟﻖ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ )‪(VOLUME‬‬
‫ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ )‪(SETTING‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪AR-6‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪AR-4‬‬
‫ﺯﺭ ﺃﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ )‪(SAMPLING‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪AR-12‬‬
‫ﺯﺭ ﺑﻨﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ )‪(METRONOME‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪AR-8‬‬
‫ﺯﺭ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺮﺍﺭ )‪(REPEAT ،INTRO‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎﺕ ‪ ،22 ،17 ،AR-16‬ﻭ‪30‬‬
‫‪7‬‬
‫ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻱ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺤﺸﻮ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺟﻴﻊ )‪(REW ،NORMAL/FILL-IN‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎﺕ ‪ ،27 ،20 ،AR-16‬ﻭ‪30‬‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫ﺯﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺘﻼﻑ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺤﺸﻮ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﻟﻸﻣﺎﻡ )‪،VARIATION/FILL-IN‬‬
‫‪ (FF‬ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎﺕ ‪ ،20 ،AR-16‬ﻭ‪30‬‬
‫‪9‬‬
‫ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺰﺍﻣﻦ‪/‬ﺍﻹﻧﻬﺎء‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻗﺖ )‪،SYNCHRO/ENDING‬‬
‫‪ (PAUSE‬ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎﺕ ‪ ،30 ،AR-16‬ﻭ‪31‬‬
‫‪bk‬‬
‫ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﺪء‪/‬ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ‪/‬ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ )‪PLAY/ ،START/STOP‬‬
‫‪ (STOP‬ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎﺕ ‪ ،22 ،21 ،18 ،16 ،AR-15‬ﻭ‪27‬‬
‫‪bl‬‬
‫ﺯﺭ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺠﺰء‬
‫)‪(PART SELECT ،ACCOMP ON/OFF‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎﺕ ‪ ،28 ،22 ،20 ،18 ،AR-15‬ﻭ‪34‬‬
‫‪bm‬‬
‫‪ bn‬ﺍﻻﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻗﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻻﺯﺭﺍﺭ ]‪ [-]/[+‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪AR-4‬‬
‫‪ bo‬ﺯﺭ ﺑﻨﻚ ﺍﻷﻏﺎﻧﻲ )‪(SONG BANK‬‬
‫ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ )‪(TEMPO‬‬
‫‪bp‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎﺕ ‪ ،17 ،AR-8‬ﻭ‪31‬‬
‫ﺯﺭ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺒﻖ ﺫﻭ ﺍﻟﻠﻤﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ )‪،RHYTHM‬‬
‫‪ (ONE TOUCH PRESET‬ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎﺕ ‪ ،27 ،AR-9‬ﻭ‪31‬‬
‫‪bq‬‬
‫‪ br‬ﺯﺭ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ )‪ (LISTEN‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪AR-21‬‬
‫‪ bs‬ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ )‪ (WATCH‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪AR-21‬‬
‫‪ bt‬ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺬﻛﺮ )‪ (REMEMBER‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪AR-22‬‬
‫‪ ck‬ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ )‪ (NEXT‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪AR-20‬‬
‫‪ cl‬ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ )‪ (AUTO‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪AR-23‬‬
‫‪ cm‬ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ )‪(MUSIC CHALLENGE‬‬
‫ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ )‪(TONE‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺘﻴﻦ ‪ ،AR-6‬ﻭ‪9‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪AR-25‬‬
‫‪cn‬‬
‫‪ co‬ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺑﻨﻚ ﺍﻻﻏﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫‪ cp‬ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ‬
‫‪ cq‬ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ‬
‫‪ cr‬ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ‬
‫‪ cs‬ﻋﺠﻠﺔ ﺇﻧﺤﻨﺎء ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻢ )‪(PITCH BEND‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺩﻳﻞ ‪ CTK-3000‬ﻓﻘﻂ(‬
‫‪ct‬‬
‫‪ dk‬ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺇﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﺎﺕ ﺍﻵﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺃﺳﻤﺎء ﺟﺬﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ ‪CHORD‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪AR-11‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪AR-28‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪AR-9‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎﺕ ‪ ،17 ،AR-15‬ﻭ‪20‬‬
‫‪dl‬‬
‫‪dl‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﻔﺬ ‪USB‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪AR-32‬‬
‫‪dp‬‬
‫‪do‬‬
‫‪dn‬‬
‫‪dm‬‬
‫‪dm‬‬
‫‪ dn‬ﻣﻘﺒﺲ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺝ )‪(PHONES/OUTPUT‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺒﺲ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻢ )‪(SUSTAIN‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪AR-10‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺘﻴﻦ ‪ ،AR-6‬ﻭ‪35‬‬
‫‪do‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺒﺲ ﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ )‪(AUDIO IN‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺘﻴﻦ ‪ ،AR-12‬ﻭ‪35‬‬
‫‪dp‬‬
‫ﻃﺮﻑ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺮ ‪DC 9V‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪AR-5‬‬
‫‪AR-3‬‬
‫‪25/03/2008 06:02:35‬‬
‫‪CTK2000_00_ar.indb 3‬‬
‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﺳﺎﺩﺓ ‪-١٠‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ )‪(bn‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻗﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ ]‪ [-‬ﻭ]‪ [+‬ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ )‪(3‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ )‪ (3‬ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﻟﻠﻀﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺇﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻹﺻﺪﺍء‪،‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻝ‪ ،‬ﺃﻟﺦ‪.‬‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪.3‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‬
‫‪Trans .‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫‪Md e r nPn o‬‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ 3‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺿﺒﻄﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﺿﻐﻄﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ 3‬ﺗﺪﻭﺭ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻗﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻗﻤﺔ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻻﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺩﺧﻞ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﻛﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﺿﺔ ﺣﺎﻟﻴﺎً‪.‬‬
‫‪.5‬‬
‫‪0‬‬
‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ ،005‬ﺍﺩﺧﻞ ‪0‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻟﺒﺔ ﻻﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺎً ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻗﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ]‪) [+‬ﻟﻠﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ( ﻭ]‪) [-‬ﻟﻠﻨﻘﺼﺎﻥ( ً‬
‫ﺑﺪﻻ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ ]‪ [-‬ﻭ]‪[+‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ ]‪) [+‬ﻟﻠﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ( ﻭ]‪) [-‬ﻟﻠﻨﻘﺼﺎﻥ( ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻭﺿﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻷﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻳﺎً ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﻳﻦ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻭﺽ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻼ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﻳﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﻌﻮﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻹﺟﺒﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻲ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻﻲ ﺑﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ‬
‫‪Trans.‬‬
‫‪AR-11‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ‬
‫‪AcompVol‬‬
‫‪AR-31‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻻﻏﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪Song Vol‬‬
‫‪AR-17‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫ﺇﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻤﺲ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺩﻳﻞ ‪ CTK-3000‬ﻓﻘﻂ(‬
‫‪Touch‬‬
‫‪AR-7‬‬
‫‪٥‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻐﻴﻢ‬
‫‪Tune‬‬
‫‪AR-11‬‬
‫‪٦‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﺻﺪﺍء‬
‫‪Reverb‬‬
‫‪AR-10‬‬
‫‪٧‬‬
‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﺑﺎﻷﺻﺎﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻲ‬
‫‪Speak‬‬
‫‪AR-22‬‬
‫‪٨‬‬
‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
‫‪NoteGuid‬‬
‫‪AR-23‬‬
‫‪٩‬‬
‫ﺗﻘﻴﻴﻢ ﺍﻷﺩﺍء‬
‫‪Scoring‬‬
‫‪AR-23‬‬
‫‪PhraseLn‬‬
‫‪AR-23‬‬
‫‪ ١٠‬ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺃﻏﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪ ١١‬ﺑﺪء ﺃﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ‬
‫‪SmplAuto‬‬
‫‪AR-13‬‬
‫‪ ١٢‬ﻗﻨﺎﺓ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫‪Keybd Ch‬‬
‫‪AR-33‬‬
‫‪ ١٣‬ﻗﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ‬
‫‪Navi. Ch‬‬
‫‪AR-33‬‬
‫‪ ١٤‬ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻲ‬
‫‪Local‬‬
‫‪AR-34‬‬
‫‪ ١٥‬ﺧﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ‬
‫‪AcompOut‬‬
‫‪AR-34‬‬
‫‪ ١٦‬ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻝ‬
‫‪Jack‬‬
‫‪AR-10‬‬
‫ﻣﺪﻯ ﺇﻧﺤﻨﺎء ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻢ‬
‫‪١٧‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺩﻳﻞ ‪ CTK-3000‬ﻓﻘﻂ(‬
‫‪Bend Rng‬‬
‫‪.٣‬‬
‫‪AR-11‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻳﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ‪-١٠) bn‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺿﺒﻄﻪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺨﺘﻔﻲ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﺗﺠﺮﻱ‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺎﻡ!‬
‫• ﺗﻌﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﻟﻀﻮﺍﺑﻄﻬﺎ ﺍﻹﺟﺒﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺣﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-6‬‬
‫‪AR-4‬‬
‫‪25/03/2008 06:02:37‬‬
‫‪CTK2000_00_ar.indb 4‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﺰﻑ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺗﺤﻀﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ‬
‫ﻫﺎﻡ!‬
‫• ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺃﻧﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺭﻏﺒﺘﻚ ﻟﺘﺤﻀﻴﺮ ﺳﺖ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻳﺎً ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﻢ ‪ .AA‬ﻻﺗﻘﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺈﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﻭﻛﺴﻴﺮﺍﺩ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻱ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻴﻜﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫ﺃﻓﺘﺢ ﻏﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻣﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺳﻮﺍء ﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻨﺎﻭﺏ ‪ AC‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﻤﺎ ﻹﻣﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻗﺪﺭﺓ ﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻨﺎﻭﺏ ‪ AC‬ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻﻲ‬
‫ﺑﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻳﺊ ‪ AD-5 AC‬ﻻﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﻣﻊ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ‪ .‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺸﺮﺍﺋﻪ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺎﺋﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺰﺋﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ‪ .‬ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪ AR-1‬ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺖ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﻢ ‪ AA‬ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺣﺠﻴﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺒﺔ ‪ +‬ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺎﻟﺒﺔ ‪ -‬ﻟﻠﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺒﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺿﻴﺤﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻨﺎﻭﺏ ‪AC‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻳﺊ ‪ AD-5 AC‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻣﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻨﺰﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪AD-5‬‬
‫ﻃﺮﻑ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ‪DC 9V‬‬
‫‪.٣‬‬
‫ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺃﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻏﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﺣﺠﻴﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎء‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻟﺴﻨﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻨﺰﻝ‬
‫ﻫﺎﻡ!‬
‫• ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﻗﺪﺭﺓ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻨﺎﻭﺏ ‪.AC‬‬
‫■ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺃﻧﺨﻔﺎﺽ ﺷﺤﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﺢ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﻣﻴﺾ ﻟﻜﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺪﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺑﺄﺧﺮﻯ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺃﻧﺨﻔﺎﺽ ﺷﺤﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫)ﻳﻮﻣﺾ(‬
‫‪AR-5‬‬
‫‪27/03/2008 09:22:07‬‬
‫‪CTK2000_03_ar_C02.indd 5‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫‪bn‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪bm‬‬
‫‪bq‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫‪bk‬‬
‫ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺱ‬
‫ﺣﻮﻝ ‪ 1‬ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺤﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫‪12 3‬‬
‫ﺣﺎﻭﻝ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻌﺰﻑ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﺷﻴﺎء ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ‪ 2‬ﻟﻜﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻀﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺱ ﻳﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻓﻲ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻣﺘﺄﺧﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻞ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺇﺯﻋﺎﺝ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻳﻦ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻣﻨﺨﻔﺾ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﻚ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺒﺲ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺝ‬
‫)‪(PHONES/OUTPUT‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻨﻘﺼﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻫﺎﻡ!‬
‫• ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﻗﺪﺭﺓ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺢ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺍﺑﻂ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻷﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-12‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﻑ ﺗﻌﻮﺩ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﺟﺒﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺗﺤﻮﻟﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ )ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ(‬
‫ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻚ ﻟﻠﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﻛﻤﺼﺪﺭ ﻟﻠﻘﺪﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺳﻮﻑ ﺗﺘﺤﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ‬
‫ﺃﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺎً ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺈﺟﺮﺍء ﺃﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻟﻤﺪﺓ ﺳﺘﺔ ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ‪ .‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻄﻞ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻨﺎﻭﺏ ‪ AC‬ﻛﻤﺼﺪﺭ ﻟﻠﻘﺪﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺱ ﻻﺗﺄﺗﻲ ﻣﻊ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻳﺎً‪ .‬ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪ AR-1‬ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻹﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺎﻡ!‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﻤﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺧﺮﺝ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﻲ ﺟﺪﺍً ﻋﺒﺮ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺱ ﻟﻤﺪﺓ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ‪ .‬ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻓﻌﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﺨﻠﻖ ﺧﻄﺮ ﺗﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻊ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺗﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻘﺒﺲ ﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﺮﻛﻚ‬
‫ﻟﻤﻘﺒﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺘﻚ ﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺱ‪.‬‬
‫■ ﺇﺑﻄﺎﻝ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﺑﻄﺎﻝ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺤﻮﻟﺔ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺃﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺎً ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺣﻔﻠﺔ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻟﺦ‪.‬‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺿﻐﻄﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ ،bq‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺒﻄﻞ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪AR-6‬‬
‫‪25/03/2008 06:02:39‬‬
‫‪CTK2000_00_ar.indb 6‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺇﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻠﻤﺲ‬
‫)ﺇﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻤﺲ(‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺩﻳﻞ ‪ CTK-3000‬ﻓﻘﻂ(‬
‫ﺇﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻤﺲ ﺗﻐﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ ﺗﺒﻌﺎً ﻟﻠﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ )ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻘﺪﻡ ﻟﻚ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻮ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻌﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺣﺴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺇﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻤﺲ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻴﺔ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺰﻭﻓﺔ ﺗﺒﻌﺎً ﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻌﻄﻲ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﺗﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﻧﻤﻂ ﻋﺰﻓﻚ‪.‬‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ 3‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺕ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ”‪ “Touch‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ‬
‫)ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-4‬‬
‫ﺷﺪﺓ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺁﻟﺔ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫■ ﺷﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻀﻐﻂ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﺐ ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪﻭﺍ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻛﻠﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻷﻗﻮﻯ ﻳﻄﺒﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻮ‪،‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺿﺠﻴﺠﺎً‪ .‬ﻓﻌﻠﻴﺎً‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺜﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺷﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﺰﻑ ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﺗﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺿﺠﻴﺠﺎً ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻀﻐﻂ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻫﺪﻭﺋﺎً ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺑﺒﻂء‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻔﺎﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻋﻘﻠﻚ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺁﻟﺔ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺗﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﻥ ﺗﻜﺎﻓﺢ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻄﺒﻖ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ‬
‫ﻳﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺃﻧﺎﻣﻞ ﺃﺻﺎﺑﻌﻚ‪.‬‬
‫‪Touch‬‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ‪-١٠) bn‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ]‪ [-‬ﻭ]‪ [+‬ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﻟﺤﺴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺇﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻤﺲ‪.‬‬
‫■ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺎﻧﻮ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻌﻲ‬
‫ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ )‪(oFF‬‬
‫ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻚ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ ﻟﻚ ﻟﻤﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻲء ﺍﻻﻓﻀﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺎﻧﻮ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻌﻲ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺗﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﺃﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺎً ﺗﺒﻌﺎً ﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ‪(١) ١‬‬
‫ﺇﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻤﺲ ﻋﺎﺩﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ‪(٢) ٢‬‬
‫ﺇﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻤﺲ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺣﺴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ‪١‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﻊ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻧﻮﺕ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺻﺎﺧﺒﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻤﺲ ﻣﺤﻮﻟﺔ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ‪ .‬ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﻐﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺇﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻤﺲ ﻣﺤﻮﻟﺔ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺊ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻧﻮﺕ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ‬
‫ﻧﻌﻮﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝ ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﺋﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪AR-7‬‬
‫‪25/03/2008 06:02:39‬‬
‫‪CTK2000_00_ar.indb 7‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻉ ﺑﻨﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﻨﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺑﻨﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺴﺎﻋﺪﻙ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻔﺎﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺪء‪/‬ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻗﻒ‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪.5‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺑﻨﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻂ ﻳﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﻣﻊ ﻛﻞ ﺿﺮﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪.bm‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ‪) y‬ﺍﻷﺑﻄﺎ( ﻭ‪) t‬ﺍﻷﺳﺮﻉ( ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ‪ .‬ﺍﻷﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻳﺎً ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﻳﻦ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ y‬ﻭ‪ t‬ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﻌﻮﺩ ﺑﻀﻂ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻲ ﺗﺒﻌﺎً ﻟﻸﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻴﺎً‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ bm‬ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻮﻣﺾ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺗﻮﻣﺾ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ‪-١٠) bn‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻﺣﻆ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﺻﻔﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﺃﻥ ‪ 89‬ﺗﺪﺧﻞ ﻛﺎ ‪.089‬‬
‫• ﺳﻮﻑ ﺗﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﻣﻴﺾ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺈﺟﺮﺍء ﺃﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻗﺼﻴﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ )ﺗﻮﻣﺾ(‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ 5‬ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﺑﻨﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺑﺎﺕ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺑﻨﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﺮﺱ ﻷﻭﻝ ﺿﺮﺑﺔ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ﻟﻼﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻌﺰﻓﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ‪ ،0‬ﺃﻭ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ‪ 2‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ 6‬ﻛﻌﺪﺩ ﻟﻠﻀﺮﺑﺎﺕ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻋﻨﺪ ﻋﺰﻑ ﺃﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻥ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺑﺎﺕ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ )ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﻳﺤﺪﺩ ﻣﺘﻲ ﻳﺼﺪﺭ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﺮﺱ( ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺒﻪ ﺃﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺎً ﻟﻸﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ ﺣﺎﻟﻴﺎً‪.‬‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻉ ﺑﻨﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺳﺘﻤﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ 5‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺑﺎﺕ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺑﻨﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺑﻨﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ ﺃﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺎً ﻣﻊ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻟﻠﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ ﺣﺎﻟﻴﺎً‪ .‬ﻻﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺑﻨﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻞ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ‬
‫‪.AR-31‬‬
‫• ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.AR-17‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻷﺗﺰﺍﻥ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﻨﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ ﻭﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺗﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء‬
‫ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﺤﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺖ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪Bea t‬‬
‫• ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺈﺟﺮﺍء ﺃﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺑﺎﺕ ﻟﻜﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﻮﻑ ﺗﻌﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﻗﺒﻞ‬
‫ﻗﻴﺎﻣﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.5‬‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ‪-١٠) bn‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺪﺧﻞ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺑﺎﺕ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺳﻮﻑ ﻻﻳﺼﺪﺭ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﺮﺱ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦ ‪ 0‬ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺑﺎﺕ ﻳﺸﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﺼﻮﺕ ﻃﻘﻄﻘﺔ‪ .‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﻻﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﺑﻜﻢ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺑﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪AR-8‬‬
‫‪27/03/2008 09:22:40‬‬
‫‪CTK2000_04_ar_C03.indd 8‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫‪bn‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪34‬‬
‫‪bp bq‬‬
‫ﺃﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻨﻮﻋﺔ ﻟﻶﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ‬
‫‪cs‬‬
‫‪.٣‬‬
‫ﺣﺎﻭﻝ ﻋﺰﻑ ﺃﻱ ﺷﻲء ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺼﺪﺭ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﺍﻵﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﺪ ﺃﺧﺘﺮﺗﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺎﺕ ﻷﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﻣﺘﻨﻮﻋﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺳﻊ ﻟﻶﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﺸﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻔﻠﻮﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﻷﻭﺭﻛﺴﺘﺮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ .‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﻧﻔﺲ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﺗﺆﺧﺬ ﺑﺎﺣﺴﺎﺱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻵﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺇﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻵﻟﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﺰﻑ‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪.bq‬‬
‫ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﻣﻊ ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻮ )ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻮ(‬
‫‪S t .GrPno‬‬
‫ﺃﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ‪-١٠) bn‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻳﺪﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻳﻞ ﻭﺃﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﻈﻬﺮﻭﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ”ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ“ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔﺼﻞ ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﻐﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺃﻳﻀﺎً ﺇﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻵﻻﺕ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺎً ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺒﻮﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﺰﺍﻧﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻗﻤﺔ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺪﺧﻞ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ‪ .‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﻟﺮﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪.1‬‬
‫‪0‬‬
‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺨﺘﺎﺭ ‪ 001‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ‪0‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻠﺔ )ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ‪ 395‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ ،(400‬ﻛﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻳﻌﻴﻦ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺃﻟﺔ ﻧﻘﺮ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ bp‬ﻭ‪ bq‬ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻮ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺍﺑﻂ‬
‫”‪“001‬‬
‫ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ‪:‬‬
‫”‪“06‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﺻﺪﺍء‪:‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ‪“00” :‬‬
‫‪ :Off‬ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻹﺟﺒﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺇﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻤﺲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :On‬ﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ‬
‫‪SUS‬‬
‫ﻧﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻝ‪:‬‬
‫”‪“131‬‬
‫ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ‪:‬‬
‫ﺟﺰء ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ ﻓﻘﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻠﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪AR-9‬‬
‫‪25/03/2008 06:02:41‬‬
‫‪CTK2000_00_ar.indb 9‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻝ‬
‫ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻹﺻﺪﺍء‬
‫ﻳﻀﻴﻒ ﺍﻹﺻﺪﺍء ﺻﺪﻯ ﻟﻠﻨﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻹﺻﺪﺍء‪.‬‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ 3‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺕ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ”‪ “Reverb‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ‬
‫)ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-4‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﺑﻄﺮﻕ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻘﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻﺗﺄﺗﻲ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻣﻊ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺃﺷﺘﺮﻱ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺎﺟﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺰﺋﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ‪ .‬ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪ AR-1‬ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻹﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻝ‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﻳﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﺍﻹﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺒﺲ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻋﻴﻢ ‪SUSTAIN‬‬
‫‪Reve r b‬‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ‪-١٠) bn‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ]‪ [-‬ﻭ]‪ [+‬ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻳﺪﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ )‪(oFF‬‬
‫ﻳﺤﻮﻝ ﺍﻹﺻﺪﺍء ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ‪ ١‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪١٠‬‬
‫ﻛﻠﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺃﻛﺒﺮ‪ ،‬ﻛﻠﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻹﺻﺪﺍء ﺃﻃﻮﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻣﺤﻮﻻ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺨﺘﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻹﺻﺪﺍء‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻝ‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ 3‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺕ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ”‪ “Jack‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ‬
‫)ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-4‬‬
‫‪Reve r b‬‬
‫‪Jack‬‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ‪-١٠) bn‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ]‪ [-‬ﻭ]‪ [+‬ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻳﺪﻩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻵﺗﻲ ﻳﻮﺿﺢ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻋﻴﻢ‬
‫‪Sustain‬‬
‫)‪(SUS‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺰﻑ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻋﻤﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻃﺎً‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻟﻸﺭﻏﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺑﻬﺔ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺪﻋﻴﻤﻬﺎ ﺣﺘﻰ‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻃﺎً‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻮﻧﻴﺘﻮ‬
‫‪Sostenuto‬‬
‫)‪(SoS‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﺰﻑ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻝ‬
‫ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻃﺎً ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺤﺮﺭ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﺎﻋﻢ ‪Soft‬‬
‫)‪(SFt‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﻧﻌﻢ ً‬
‫ﻗﻠﻴﻼ ﺗﻌﺰﻑ ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻃﺎً‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻉ ‪ Rhythm‬ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﻭﻳﻮﻗﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫)‪(rHy‬‬
‫‪AR-10‬‬
‫‪25/03/2008 06:02:41‬‬
‫‪CTK2000_00_ar.indb 10‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻢ )ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻐﻴﻢ(‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺧﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﻧﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ )ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ(‬
‫ﺗﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺔ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﺧﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﻧﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻟﺤﻈﻴﺎً ﻣﻦ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻢ ﻟﻜﻲ ﻳﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻐﻨﻲ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺃﻥ ﻣﺪﻱ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ﻳﺘﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﻣﻦ ‪ -12‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ +12‬ﻧﺼﻒ ﻧﻐﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪.3‬‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ‪-١٠) bn‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ]‪ [-‬ﻭ]‪ [+‬ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻳﺪﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻋﺠﻠﺔ ﺇﻧﺤﻨﺎء ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻢ ﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻢ ﻟﻠﻨﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺩﻳﻞ ‪ CTK-3000‬ﻓﻘﻂ(‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻋﺠﻠﺔ ﺃﻧﺤﻨﺎء ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻢ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺰﻟﻖ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻧﻐﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﺑﻨﻌﻮﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﻷﺳﻔﻞ‪ .‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﺗﺠﻌﻠﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻜﻦ ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﻴﺮﻟﺖ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻬﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻸﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺠﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻧﻮﺕ ﺍﻹﻧﺤﻨﺎء ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﺴﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻛﺲ ﻓﻮﻥ( ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﺘﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻌﺰﻑ ﻣﻊ ﻋﺠﻠﺔ ﺇﻧﺤﻨﺎء ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻢ‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺗﻌﺰﻑ ﻧﻮﺗﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﺃﺩﺭ ﻋﺠﻠﺔ ﺇﻧﺤﻨﺎء ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻢ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺴﺎﺭ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻭ ﻷﺳﻔﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺇﻧﺤﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺗﺔ ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻭﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻟﻌﺠﻠﺔ ﺇﻧﺤﻨﺎء‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻢ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺈﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﻋﺠﻠﺔ ﺇﻧﺤﻨﺎء ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻢ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻗﻴﺎﻣﻚ ﺑﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪Trans .‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻐﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖ )ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻐﻴﻢ(‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻐﻴﻢ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻢ ً‬
‫ﻗﻠﻴﻼ ﻟﻠﻌﺰﻑ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﻣﻊ ﺁﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻀﺎً ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﺎﻧﻴﻦ ﻳﺠﺮﻭﺍ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﺎﻫﻢ ﻣﻊ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻃﻔﻴﻒ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻐﻴﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻐﻴﻢ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻐﻴﻢ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎً ﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﺩﺍء ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻣﺞ ‪.CD‬‬
‫• ﺃﻥ ﻣﺪﻯ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻐﻴﻢ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻦ ‪ -99‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ +99‬ﺳﻨﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ 3‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺕ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ”‪ “Tune‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ‬
‫)ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-4‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﺪﻯ ﺇﻧﺤﻨﺎء ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻢ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﺎﻫﻮ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺻﻞ ﻟﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﻧﻐﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺗﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺣﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﺮ ﻋﺠﻠﺔ ﺇﻧﺤﻨﺎء ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻢ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻭ ﻷﺳﻔﻞ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻯ ﻣﻦ ‪٠‬‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ ١٢‬ﻧﺼﻒ ﻧﻐﻤﺔ )ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ(‪.‬‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ 3‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺕ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ”‪ “Bend Rng‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ‬
‫)ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-4‬‬
‫‪Tune‬‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ‪-١٠) bn‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ]‪ [-‬ﻭ]‪ [+‬ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻐﻴﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪g‬‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫‪Bend Rn‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ‪-١٠) bn‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ]‪ [-‬ﻭ]‪ [+‬ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻯ‪.‬‬
‫‪AR-11‬‬
‫‪25/03/2008 06:02:42‬‬
‫‪CTK2000_00_ar.indb 11‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫ﺃﺧﺬ ﻋﻴﻨﺔ ﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻭﻋﺰﻓﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫)ﺃﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ(‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺧﺬ ﻋﻴﻨﺔ ﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺸﻐﻞ ﺻﻮﺗﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺤﻤﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺁﺧﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺛﻢ ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪ .‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ‪،‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺧﺬ ﻋﻴﻨﺔ ﻟﻨﺒﺎﺡ ﻛﻠﺒﻚ ﻭﺛﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻟﺤﻦ ﻣﺎ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺃﻳﻀﺎً ﺍﺧﺬ ﻋﻴﻨﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺃﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻣﺞ ‪ .CD‬ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺔ ﺃﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻫﻮ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ‬
‫ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺨﻠﻖ ﺃﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﻤﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﻹﺑﺪﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺧﺬ ﻋﻴﻨﺔ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻭﻋﺰﻓﻪ‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫ﺣﻮﻝ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻟﻠﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻭ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﻣﻨﺨﻔﺾ‪.‬‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫ﺣﻮﻝ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻭﺛﻢ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪.٣‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪.4‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻳﻮﻣﺾ‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺒﺲ ﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ‪AUDIO IN‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫‪Wa i t i ng‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﻐﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻣﺞ ‪،CD‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﻐﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺳﻴﺖ‪ ،‬ﺃﻟﺦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺑﺲ ﺍﺳﺘﻴﺮﻳﻮ ﺻﻐﻴﺮ‬
‫‪.٤‬‬
‫• ﻳﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺃﺳﻼﻙ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻣﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻳﺎً‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﻓﺮﻫﺎ ﺃﻧﺖ‪ .‬ﺃﺳﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻳﺠﺐ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺎﺑﺲ ﺻﻐﻴﺮ ﺃﺳﺘﺮﻳﻮ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﻃﺮﻓﻴﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﺲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻑ ﺍﻷﺧﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺧﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﻑ ﺗﺒﺪﺍ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺎً‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﻢ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﻋﻴﻨﺘﻚ ﻛﻨﻐﻤﺔ ﺭﻗﻢ ‪.401‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﻣﺾ‬
‫ﻫﺎﻡ!‬
‫‪Samp l i ng‬‬
‫• ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥ ﻭﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻠﻬﻢ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺃﺧﺬ ﻋﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﻛﺄﺣﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻀﻲء‬
‫‪i na l‬‬
‫‪.٥‬‬
‫‪g‬‬
‫‪Or i‬‬
‫ﺣﺎﻭﻝ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻌﺰﻑ ﺷﻲء ﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺳﻮﻑ ﻻ ﺗﺒﺪﺃ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺃﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻣﻨﺨﻔﺾ‬
‫ﺟﺪﺍً‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺗﺴﺘﺒﺪﻝ ﺑﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺰﻧﺔ ﺣﺎﻟﻴﺎً ﻛﺮﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ‪ .401‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺧﺬﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪AR-12‬‬
‫‪25/03/2008 06:02:43‬‬
‫‪CTK2000_00_ar.indb 12‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻳﻤﺴﺢ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ!‬
‫ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺢ ﺃﻱ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫■ ﻛﻴﻒ ﺗﻌﺰﻑ ﺍﻷﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﻨﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻭﺳﻂ ‪ (C4) C‬ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﻌﻴﺪ ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺴﺎﺭ ﻭﻳﻤﻴﻦ ‪ C4‬ﺗﻌﺰﻑ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﻧﻐﻢ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻣﺘﻨﻮﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺰﻧﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ ‪.401‬‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ‪-١٠) bn‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ ﻣﻦ ‪ 402‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪.411‬‬
‫ﺍﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ‪ 402‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ 411‬ﻓﻌﻠﻴﺎً ﺗﻤﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻟﺮﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ ‪.401‬‬
‫ﺃﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﻣﺎ ﺳﻮﻑ ﺗﻌﺰﻑ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻠﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻳﻞ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﺣﺎً ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﻴﺮ‬
‫‪ 402‬ﺣﻠﻘﺔ ‪١‬‬
‫ﻳﺠﻌﻞ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻠﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 403‬ﺣﻠﻘﺔ ‪٢‬‬
‫ﻳﺠﻌﻞ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻠﻘﺔ ﻭﻳﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﺑﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻢ ﻟﻠﺼﻮﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻧﺎﻥ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 404‬ﺣﻠﻘﺔ ‪٣‬‬
‫ﻳﺠﻌﻞ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻠﻘﺔ ﻭﻳﺨﻔﺾ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻢ ﻟﻠﺼﻮﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻧﺎﻥ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 405‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻢ ‪١‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺨﻔﺾ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻲ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ‬
‫ﺗﺰﺍﻳﺪﻱ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 406‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻢ ‪٢‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺨﻔﺾ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ‬
‫ﺗﻨﺎﻗﺼﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 407‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻢ ‪٣‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺨﻔﺾ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ‬
‫ﺗﻨﺎﻗﺼﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺛﻢ ﺃﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻢ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ‪.‬‬
‫‪C4‬‬
‫ﺑﺪء ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺃﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻳﺪﻭﻳﺎً‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ 3‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺕ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ”‪ “SmplAuto‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ‬
‫)ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-4‬‬
‫‪Smp l A u t o‬‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ‪-١٠) bn‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ]‪ [-‬ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ‪.OFF‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺡ‬
‫‪ 408‬ﺍﻟﻬﺰﺍﺯﺓ‬
‫ﻳﺘﺒﺪﻝ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺨﻔﺾ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 409‬ﻣﻀﺤﻚ ‪١‬‬
‫ﻳﻀﻴﻒ ﺍﻷﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯ ﻭﻳﻐﻴﺮ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻢ ﺑﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺠﻴﺎً‪.‬‬
‫‪ 410‬ﻣﻀﺤﻚ ‪٢‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﺒﺪﻝ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 411‬ﻣﻀﺤﻚ ‪٣‬‬
‫ﻳﻀﻴﻒ ﺍﻷﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯ ﻭﻳﻐﻴﺮ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺨﻔﺾ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺠﻌﻞ ﺃﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﺪﻭﻱ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﻞ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻣﺨﺘﺎﺭﺍً‪ ،‬ﺳﻮﻑ‬
‫ﻻﺗﺒﺪﺍ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.4‬‬
‫ﻫﺎﻡ!‬
‫• ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ ﻣﺤﻮ ًﻻ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ”‪ ،“oFF‬ﻳﺒﺪﺍ ﺃﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ ‪ ،4‬ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ .‬ﺳﻮﻑ ﻻﺗﺒﺪﺍ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺃﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺇﺫﺍ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﻳﺖ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻔﺎﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ 4‬ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻃﺎً‪.‬‬
‫‪AR-13‬‬
‫‪25/03/2008 06:02:43‬‬
‫‪CTK2000_00_ar.indb 13‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻋﻴﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻉ ﻣﺎ )ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻠﺔ(‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺴﺘﺒﺪﻝ ﺁﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﺑﺼﻮﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺪ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺄﺧﺬﻋﻴﻨﺔ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻭﻋﺰﻑ‬
‫ﺃﻳﻘﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪ (AR-27‬ﻣﻊ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ 3‬ﻭ‪ 4‬ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻀﻲء‬
‫‪n‬‬
‫‪g‬‬
‫‪D r mA s i‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﻑ ﺗﻌﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ ﻟﻠﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺈﺟﺮﺍء ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﺒﻌﺾ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ‪-١٠) bn‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ]‪ [-‬ﻭ]‪ [+‬ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻳﺪﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ )‪(oFF‬‬
‫ﻻﻳﺼﺪﺭ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ‪(dr1) ١‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﺒﺪﻝ ﻃﺒﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺹ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺒﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻮﻗﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﻦ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ ﺑﺼﻮﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ‪(dr2) ٢‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﺒﺪﻝ ﺃﻵﺕ ﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ‪ ١‬ﺑﺼﻮﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪.٣‬‬
‫ﺃﺑﺪﺃ ﻋﺰﻑ ﻟﺤﻦ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-27‬‬
‫ﻳﺼﺪﺭ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ ﺗﺒﻌﺎً ﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺈﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺓ ﺭﻗﻢ‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫• ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺸﺘﻤﻞ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﺒﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺹ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺒﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻮﻗﺔ‪ ،‬ﺳﻮﻑ ﻻﻳﺼﺪﺭ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺛﻨﺎء ﺃﺧﻴﺎﺭﻙ ﻟﻠﻨﻮﻉ ‪.١‬‬
‫• ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻋﺎﺕ ‪ ،140‬ﻭﻣﻦ ‪ 142‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ 150‬ﻻﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺁﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻓﺴﻮﻑ‬
‫ﻻﻳﺼﺪﺭ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻙ ﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻫﺬﻩ‪.‬‬
‫‪AR-14‬‬
‫‪25/03/2008 06:02:44‬‬
‫‪CTK2000_00_ar.indb 14‬‬
‫ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻷﻏﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ‬
‫‪bn‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪bo‬‬
‫‪bm‬‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﺗﺮﺟﻊ ﻟﻜﻮﻧﻬﺎ ”ﺃﻏﺎﻧﻲ“‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﻏﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﻹﺳﺘﻤﺘﺎﻋﻚ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻲ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﻣﻌﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﺎﻷﺳﺘﻤﺘﺎﻉ ﺑﺎﻹﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻷﻏﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪ (AR-19‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ‪.‬‬
‫‪6 7 8 9 bk bl‬‬
‫ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﺰﻑ ﺃﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﺤﺪﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﺰﻑ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻏﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻣﻊ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺪء‪/‬ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻗﻒ‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫ﻋﺰﻑ ﺃﻏﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﻌﺮﺍﺽ‬
‫ﻳﻀﻲء‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻷﻏﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ )ﻣﻦ ‪ 001‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪(090‬‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪.bo‬‬
‫ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻳﻀﻲء‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ bk‬ﻭ‪ bl‬ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺒﺪﺍ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﺃﻏﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﻌﺮﺍﺽ‪ .‬ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﻌﺮﺍﺽ ﻳﺴﺘﻤﺮ‬
‫ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎﻓﻪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪ AR-40‬ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻟﻸﻏﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎً ﺗﺒﺪﺃ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﻌﺮﺍﺽ ﻣﻦ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ ‪.001‬‬
‫ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻻﻏﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻮﻣﺾ‬
‫‪Tw i n k l e‬‬
‫ﺃﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻦ‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ‪-١٠) bn‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺪﺧﻞ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻳﺪﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪ AR-40‬ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻟﻸﻏﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺃﺳﻤﺎء ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻏﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻄﺒﻮﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﺰﺍﻧﺔ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪Tw i n k l e‬‬
‫ﺃﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻦ‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺍﺛﻨﺎء ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ‪-١٠) bn‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ]‪ [-‬ﻭ]‪ [+‬ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺪﺧﻞ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻳﺪﻫﺎ‬
‫)ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-4‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻔﺰ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﻌﺮﺍﺽ ﻟﻸﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺭﻗﻤﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻗﻤﺔ ‪-١٠) bn‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ﻹﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪.٣‬‬
‫ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﻌﺮﺍﺽ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪.bk‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﻌﺮﺍﺽ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎﻓﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.bk‬‬
‫‪AR-15‬‬
‫‪25/03/2008 06:02:44‬‬
‫‪CTK2000_00_ar.indb 15‬‬
‫ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻷﻏﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ‬
‫‪.٣‬‬
‫■ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻄﻲ ﻹﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪.bk‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺒﺪﺍ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﻟﻸﻏﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺪﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺗﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ‬
‫‪h‬‬
‫‪g‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪.8‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺘﺨﻄﻰ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﻹﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﺿﻐﻄﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ 8‬ﻳﺘﺨﻄﻰ ﻟﻸﻣﺎﻡ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻷﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ 8‬ﻳﺘﺨﻄﻰ ﻹﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻡ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮﻩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ 8‬ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﻳﺠﺮﻱ ﺗﺨﻄﻲ ﻟﻸﻣﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻟﻤﻘﻄﻮﻋﺔ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-20‬‬
‫‪Mo o n l i‬‬
‫ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﺑﺎﻷﺻﺎﺑﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺑﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ‬
‫‪.٤‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ bk‬ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ )ﻳﺘﻜﺮﺭ( ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪bk‬‬
‫ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻮﻗﻔﻪ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪) 6‬ﻳﺨﺘﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ‬
‫”‪ “REPEAT‬ﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫■ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻄﻲ ﻟﻠﺨﻠﻒ‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻗﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻄﻲ ﻹﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻄﻲ ﻟﻠﺨﻠﻒ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺠﺮﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻗﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻄﻲ‬
‫ﻹﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺨﻄﻲ ﻟﻠﺨﻠﻒ‪.‬‬
‫■ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻗﺖ‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪.9‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻮﻗﻒ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ 9‬ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻴﺪ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻮﻗﻔﺖ ﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪.7‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺘﺨﻄﻰ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺨﻠﻒ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﺿﻐﻄﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ 7‬ﻳﺘﺨﻄﻰ ﻟﻠﺨﻠﻒ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻷﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ 7‬ﻳﺘﺨﻄﻰ ﻟﻠﺨﻠﻒ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮﻩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ 7‬ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﻳﺠﺮﻱ ﺗﺨﻄﻲ ﻟﻠﺨﻠﻒ‬
‫ﻟﻤﻘﻄﻮﻋﺔ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-20‬‬
‫ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ﻣﺤﺪﺩ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻜﺮﺭ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ﻣﺤﺪﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﻋﺰﻑ‬
‫ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺒﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺘﻘﻨﻪ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎً‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺪء ﻭﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻧﻬﺎء ﻟﻠﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺰﻓﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺪء‬
‫ﺇﻧﻬﺎء‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺯﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ 6‬ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺤﻮﻝ ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻻﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻣﺆﻗﺘﺎً )ﻳﺨﺘﻔﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ ”‪ “REPEAT‬ﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺼﻞ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻨﻪ ﻛﻤﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺪء‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪.6‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻌﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ﻛﻤﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺪء‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﻣﺾ‬
‫‪Tw i n k l e‬‬
‫‪AR-16‬‬
‫‪25/03/2008 06:02:45‬‬
‫‪CTK2000_00_ar.indb 16‬‬
‫ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻷﻏﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ‬
‫‪.٣‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺼﻞ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺇﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻩ ﻛﻤﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ﻟﻺﻧﻬﺎء‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ 6‬ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻌﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ﻛﻤﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ﻟﻺﻧﻬﺎء ﻭﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺯﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺪﻯ ﻣﺤﺪﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ‪ 9‬ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﻣﺆﻗﺘﺎً‪8 ،‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﺨﻄﻲ ﻟﻸﻣﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ‪ 7‬ﻟﻠﺘﺨﻄﻲ ﻟﻠﺨﻠﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻷﺗﺰﺍﻥ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻌﺰﻓﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻭﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ 3‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺕ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ”‪ “Song Vol‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ‬
‫)ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-4‬‬
‫ﻳﻀﻲء‬
‫‪Vo l‬‬
‫‪Tw i n k l e‬‬
‫‪.٤‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ 6‬ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻳﻌﻮﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﻳﻤﺴﺢ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺪء ﻭﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ﺍﻹﻧﻬﺎء ﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺮﺍﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫‪g‬‬
‫‪Son‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ‪-١٠) bn‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ]‪ [-‬ﻭ]‪ [+‬ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻀﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺻﻮﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺇﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﻔﺲ ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻛﺎﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﻟﺤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻀﻠﺔ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ‪.‬‬
‫‪Tw i n k l e‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ )ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ(‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ )ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ( ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺒﻄﺄ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﺻﻌﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻟﺦ‪.‬‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪.bm‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ‪) y‬ﺍﻷﺑﻄﺎ( ﻭ‪) t‬ﺍﻷﺳﺮﻉ( ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ‪ .‬ﺍﻷﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻳﺎً ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﻳﻦ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ y‬ﻭ‪ t‬ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﻌﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻮﺿﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ ﺍﻹﺟﺒﺎﺭﻱ ﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ bm‬ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻮﻣﺾ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺗﻮﻣﺾ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ‪-١٠) bn‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﻑ ﺗﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﻣﻴﺾ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺈﺟﺮﺍء ﺃﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻗﺼﻴﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﻌﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺟﺒﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺇﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺃﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﺳﺘﻤﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ bo‬ﻟﻤﺪﺓ ﺣﻮﺍﻟﻲ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺘﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﺃﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻭﺿﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺳﻢ ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫ﺃﻋﺰﻑ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﻣﻊ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺇﺧﺘﺮﺗﻬﺎ ﺣﺎﻟﻴﺎً ﻫﻲ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻥ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻻﺗﺘﻐﻴﺮ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺈﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻧﻐﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﺍﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻨﻰ ﻭﺍﻟﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻥ ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﺟﺰء ﺍﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻨﻰ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫‪AR-17‬‬
‫‪25/03/2008 06:02:46‬‬
‫‪CTK2000_00_ar.indb 17‬‬
‫ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻷﻏﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ‬
‫ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺟﺰء ﺍﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ‬
‫)ﺃﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺠﺰء(‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺟﺰء ﺍﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻨﻰ ﺃﻭ ﺟﺰء ﺍﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺮﻯ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﺎ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﻭﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﺰء ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺒﻘﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ bl‬ﻹﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺠﺰء ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻳﺪﻩ ﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻠﻪ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﺿﻐﻄﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ bl‬ﺗﺪﻭﺭ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﺤﺔ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺟﺰء ﺍﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻨﻰ‬
‫ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺟﺰء ﺍﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺮﻯ‬
‫ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻛﻼ ﺍﻟﺠﺰﺋﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻛﻼ ﺍﻟﺠﺰﺋﻴﻦ‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪.bk‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﺗﺒﻌﺎً ﻟﻠﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺨﺘﺎﺭﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺓ ﺭﻗﻢ ‪.١‬‬
‫• ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﻣﻊ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺟﺰء ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﺤﻮﻝ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺠﺰء ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮﻝ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺒﻴﻨﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪AR-18‬‬
‫‪25/03/2008 06:02:46‬‬
‫‪CTK2000_00_ar.indb 18‬‬
‫ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻻﻏﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﻹﺟﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫‪bn‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪br bs bt ck cl‬‬
‫‪bk bl‬‬
‫‪bo‬‬
‫ﻹﺟﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻓﻀﻞ ﻟﺘﻘﻄﻴﻌﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺟﺰﺍء ﺃﻗﺼﺮ )ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ(‪ ،‬ﺇﺟﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻃﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭﺛﻢ ﺿﻊ ﻛﻞ ﺷﻲء ﻣﻊ ﺑﻌﻀﻪ‪ .‬ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻚ ﺗﺄﺗﻲ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺔ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺎﻋﺪﻙ ﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻏﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﻣﻘﺴﻤﺔ ﻣﺴﺒﻘﺎً ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺴﺎﻋﺪﻙ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺟﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺪء ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪....‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ‪٣‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ‪٢‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ‪١‬‬
‫‪678‬‬
‫ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ‬
‫ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﻳﺄﺧﺬﻙ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﻟﺠﺰء ﺍﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻨﻰ‪ ،‬ﺟﺰء ﺍﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻼ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻴﺪﻳﻦ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﻏﻨﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺇﺟﺎﺩﺓ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﺟﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ‪١‬‬
‫• ﺩﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻨﻰ ‪٣ ،٢ ،١‬‬
‫• ﺩﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺮﻯ ‪٣ ،٢ ،١‬‬
‫• ﺩﺭﺱ ﻛﻠﺘﺎ ﺍﻟﻴﺪﻳﻦ ‪٣ ،٢ ،١‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﻛﺮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ ﻟﻠﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ‪،٤ ،٣ ،٢‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺼﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﻟﻸﻏﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺇﺟﺎﺩﺗﻚ ﻟﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻃﻊ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﺍﻵﻥ ﺗﻤﺘﻠﻚ ﺇﺟﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ!‬
‫‪AR-19‬‬
‫‪25/03/2008 06:02:47‬‬
‫‪CTK2000_00_ar.indb 19‬‬
‫ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻻﻏﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﻹﺟﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﺪﺭﻭﺱ‬
‫ﺍﻵﺗﻲ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺩﺭﻭﺱ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫• ﺍﻷﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ 8‬ﺃﻭ ‪ 7‬ﻳﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﺘﺬﻛﺮ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺣﺘﻰ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪٢٠‬‬
‫ﺃﻏﻨﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺴﺘﺪﻋﻲ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺒﻲ ﻟﻸﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ )ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺘﺎﺣﺎً(‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.ck‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺡ‬
‫>‪<Phrase‬‬
‫ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺩﺭﺱ ﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻟﺦ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻﺣﻆ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻣﺤﺪﺩﺓ ﺳﻮﻑ ﺗﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ”‪ً “Wait‬‬
‫ﺑﺪﻻ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ”‪.“Phrase‬‬
‫>‪<Wait‬‬
‫ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﺸﻮ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺸﺘﻤﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻟﻴﺘﻢ ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺒﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻋﺰﻑ ﻗﺮﻉ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻗﻮﺱ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻘﺪﻡ ﺍﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺎً ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺮ ﻣﺸﺘﻤﻞ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺃﻧﺘﻈﺮ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺒﺪﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫‪NextPhrs‬‬
‫ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﻡ ﺃﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺎً ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪ .‬ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﻣﺎ ﻟﻠﺬﻱ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﺿﺎً ”‪) “Wait‬ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ(‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-23‬‬
‫‪From Top‬‬
‫ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪(AR-23‬‬
‫ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻗﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ‪ ١‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﻴﺎً‪.‬‬
‫‪Complete‬‬
‫ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-23‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪) ck‬ﺃﻭ ‪ (8‬ﻟﻠﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﻹﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻡ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭ ‪ 7‬ﻟﻠﺘﺤﺮﻙ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺨﻠﻒ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ‬
‫>‪<Ph r ase‬‬
‫ﺃﻭﻝ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺃﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻻﻏﻨﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺠﺰء ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫‪.٣‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ bl‬ﻹﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺠﺰء ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ .‬ﻛﻞ ﺿﻐﻄﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ bl‬ﺗﺪﻭﺭ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﺤﺔ ﺍﺩﻧﺎﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ً‬
‫ﺃﻭﻻ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻻﻏﻨﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺠﺰء ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-15‬‬
‫ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻨﻰ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺮﻯ‬
‫ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﻛﻠﺘﺎ ﺍﻟﻴﺪﻳﻦ‬
‫*‬
‫* ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺨﻄﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ )ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ( ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ‪ bl‬ﺍﺛﻨﺎء ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻘﺪﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪.٤‬‬
‫ﺃﺳﺘﻤﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ bo‬ﻟﻤﺪﺓ ﺣﻮﺍﻟﻲ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺘﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫)ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-17‬‬
‫‪AR-20‬‬
‫‪25/03/2008 06:02:47‬‬
‫‪CTK2000_00_ar.indb 20‬‬
‫ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻻﻏﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﻹﺟﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﻭﺱ ‪ ،٢ ،١‬ﻭ‪٣‬‬
‫ﺍﻵﻥ ﺣﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻟﻜﻲ ﻧﺒﺪﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﻭﺱ‪ً .‬‬
‫ﺃﻭﻻ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﺰء ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺰﻑ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺗﺒﻌﺎً ﻟﻠﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ ﻭﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﺑﺎﻷﺻﺎﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﺿﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻀﻐﻄﻪ‪ .‬ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬
‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﺑﺎﻷﺻﺎﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻲ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻣﺤﺎﻛﻲ ﻟﻜﻲ ﻳﻌﻠﻦ ﺍﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺻﺎﺑﻊ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ :١‬ﺍﻷﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﻟﻸﻏﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﺃﻭﻻ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﻤﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ ﻋﺪﺓ ﻣﺮﺍﺕ ﻟﺘﻌﺘﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﺗﺸﺒﻪ ﺃﺻﻮﺍﺗﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪.br‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﻣﺾ‬
‫ﻳﻀﻲء‬
‫ﻳﻀﻲء‬
‫>‪<Ph r ase‬‬
‫>ﺃﺭﺷﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪<٢‬‬
‫ﻳﻀﻲء‬
‫ﺇﺟﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﻟﻠﻨﻮﺗﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﺻﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺮﻭﺣﺎً ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺷﺎﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻗﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ ،١‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ br‬ﺍﻭ ‪.bk‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﻨﺘﻈﺮﻙ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻌﺰﻑ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺗﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﺘﺤﻮﻝ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﻣﻴﺾ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻹﺿﺎءﺓ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺗﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻳﺼﺪﺭ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺗﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻌﺰﻑ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﺑﺎﻷﺻﺎﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻲ ﻳﺨﺒﺮﻙ ﺑﻤﺎﻫﻮ ﺍﻷﺻﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ :٢‬ﺷﺎﻫﺪ ﻛﻴﻒ ﺗﻌﺰﻑ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪ .‬ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﺿﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻀﻐﻄﻪ‪ .‬ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﺑﺎﻷﺻﺎﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻲ ﺃﻳﻀﺎً ﺻﻮﺕ ﻣﺤﺎﻛﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻜﻲ ﻳﻌﻠﻦ ﺍﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺻﺎﺑﻊ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺍﻥ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﺃﺗﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻭﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻻﺗﻘﻠﻖ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﻌﺰﻑ ﻧﻮﺗﺔ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺧﻄﺄ‪ .‬ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﻨﺘﻈﺮ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﻌﺰﻑ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺗﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪ .‬ﺧﺬ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺘﻚ ﻭﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﺗﺒﻌﺎً ﻟﺴﺮﻋﺘﻚ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫ﺍ ﺿﻐﻂ ‪.bs‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻥ ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻴﺪ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﻳﻮﻣﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻮﺗﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪.٣‬‬
‫ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ ،٢‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ bs‬ﺃﻭ ‪.bk‬‬
‫● ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺳﺘﻜﻤﻠﺖ ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ ٢‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻥ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺗﻚ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻘﻴﻢ ﻋﺰﻓﻚ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪.٢‬‬
‫ﻳﻀﻲء‬
‫!‪Bravo‬‬
‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﻧﺠﺤﺖ! ﺗﻘﺪﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫!‪Again‬‬
‫ﺃﺭﺟﻊ ﻟﻠﺨﻠﻒ ﻭﺣﺎﻭﻝ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫>‪<Ph r ase‬‬
‫ﻳﻀﻲء‬
‫‪AR-21‬‬
‫‪25/03/2008 06:02:48‬‬
‫‪CTK2000_00_ar.indb 21‬‬
‫ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻻﻏﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﻹﺟﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ :٣‬ﺗﺬﻛﺮ ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﺗﻌﻠﻤﺖ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻋﺰﻓﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻏﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻻﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﺗﻘﻒ ﻟﺘﻨﺘﻈﺮﻙ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻫﻮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ ،٢‬ﻓﺄﻥ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻻﺗﻘﺪﻡ ﻟﻚ ﺃﻱ ﺃﺭﺷﺎﺩ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻣﺎﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻌﺰﻓﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﺗﺬﻛﺮ ﻛﻞ ﺷﻲء ﻗﺪ ﺗﻌﻠﻤﺘﻪ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ ٢‬ﺍﺛﻨﺎء‬
‫ﻋﺰﻓﻚ‪.‬‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫ﻋﺰﻑ ﺃﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﺤﺪﺩﺓ ﺑﻜﻞ ﺃﺟﺰﺍﺋﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻛﺘﻤﺎﻟﻚ ﺑﻨﺠﺎﺡ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﻭﺱ ‪ ،٢ ،١‬ﻭ‪ ،٣‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺣﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻟﻜﻲ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝ ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ‪ bl‬ﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﻛﻠﺘﺎ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻴﺪﻳﻦ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻭﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪.bk‬‬
‫ﺣﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﺑﻜﻠﺘﺎ ﺍﻟﻴﺪﻳﻦ ﻭﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻛﻴﻒ ﺗﻘﻴﻢ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻣﺠﻬﻮﺩﻙ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪.bt‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪.٣‬‬
‫ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ‬
‫ﻳﻀﻲء‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ‬
‫>‪<Ph r ase‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺭﻭﺱ ‪ ،٢ ،١‬ﻭ‪ ٣‬ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ‪.‬‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪.6‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺒﻄﻞ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﺮﺭ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺨﺘﻔﻲ‬
‫ﻳﻀﻲء‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫‪Tw i n k l e‬‬
‫ﺃﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﻣﻊ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﺑﺎﻷﺻﺎﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻲ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ‬
‫>ﺃﺭﺷﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪<٣‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﻠﻤﺘﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﺭﻗﻢ ‪.٢‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﺑﺎﻷﺻﺎﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻲ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﻳﺨﺒﺮﻙ ﺑﻤﺎﻫﻮ ﺍﻷﺻﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻪ ﻟﺘﻌﺰﻑ ﻛﻞ ﻧﻮﺗﺔ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ ٢‬ﻭﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ‬
‫‪.٣‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﻨﺘﻈﺮﻙ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻌﺰﻑ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺗﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺗﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻳﺼﺪﺭ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺗﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻌﺰﻑ‪.‬‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ 3‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺕ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ”‪ “Speak‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ‬
‫)ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-4‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻣﺎﺯﺍﻟﺖ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﻮﻑ‬
‫ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﺑﻌﺮﺽ ﺃﺭﺷﺎﺩ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻭﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺨﺒﺮﻙ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﺑﺎﻷﺻﺎﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻲ ﺑﻤﺎﻫﻮ ﺍﻷﺻﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻪ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎً ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪.٢‬‬
‫‪Speak‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻴﺪ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﺰﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪.٣‬‬
‫ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ ،٣‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ bt‬ﺃﻭ ‪.bk‬‬
‫• ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺳﺘﻜﻤﻠﺖ ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ ٣‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻥ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺗﻚ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻘﻴﻢ ﻋﺰﻗﻚ‬
‫ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪.٢‬‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ‪-١٠) bn‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ]‪ [-‬ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ‪.OFF‬‬
‫ﻳﺨﺘﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻣﺤﻮﻻ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﺑﺎﻷﺻﺎﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ‪.‬‬
‫‪AR-22‬‬
‫‪25/03/2008 06:02:48‬‬
‫‪CTK2000_00_ar.indb 22‬‬
‫ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻻﻏﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﻹﺟﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺗﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺗﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺼﺪﺭ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻌﺰﻑ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ ٢‬ﻭﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪.٣‬‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ 3‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺕ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ”‪ “NoteGuid‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ‬
‫)ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-4‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ‪ ،‬ﺗﺘﻘﺪﻡ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻛﻞ ﺩﺭﺱ ﺃﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺎً‪.‬‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﺰء ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫)ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-15‬‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪.cl‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻤﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪.١‬‬
‫• ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ ،١‬ﻳﻌﺰﻑ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪.٢‬‬
‫‪No t eGu i d‬‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﻣﺾ‬
‫ﻳﻀﻲء‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ‪-١٠) bn‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ]‪ [-‬ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ‪.OFF‬‬
‫‪.٣‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺗﻘﻴﻴﻢ ﺍﻷﺩﺍء ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺗﻘﻴﻴﻢ ﺍﻷﺩﺍء ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﻘﻴﻴﻢ ﺃﺩﺍﺋﻚ‬
‫ﻭﻳﻌﺮﺽ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺗﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ ٢‬ﻭﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪.٣‬‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫• ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ ٢‬ﻭﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ ،٣‬ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﺗﺘﻘﺪﻡ ﻟﻠﺪﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺩﺭﺍً ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺗﻘﻴﻴﻢ ”!‪.“Bravo‬‬
‫• ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻠﻐﻲ ﺩﺭﺱ ﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ cl‬ﺃﻭ ‪.bk‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ 3‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺕ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ”‪ “Scoring‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ‬
‫)ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-4‬‬
‫•‬
‫‪g‬‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫‪Sco r i n‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺃﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺎً ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺎﺩﺭﺍً ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﺝ‬
‫ﺧﻼﻝ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﻭﺱ ﺑﻨﺠﺎﺡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺎً ‪ ،8 ،7‬ﻭ‪br‬‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ‪.ck‬‬
‫• ﺗﺒﺪﺃ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺃﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺎً ﻭﺗﺤﻮﻝ ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ‬
‫‪ (AR-22‬ﻭﺗﻘﻴﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪ (AR-23‬ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪ .‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺨﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﻻﻳﻤﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﺪﺭﻭﺱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ‪-١٠) bn‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ]‪ [-‬ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ‪.OFF‬‬
‫ﻳﺨﺘﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺗﻘﻴﻴﻢ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻣﺤﻮﻻ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﺩﺍء‬
‫ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺍﻷﻏﺎﻧﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻭﻇﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ﻣﺤﻮﻟﺔ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺪﺭﻭﺱ ﺗﺬﻫﺐ ﻓﻲ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻤﻬﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ 3‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺕ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ”‪ “PhraseLn‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ‬
‫)ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-4‬‬
‫‪Ph r aseLn‬‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ‪-١٠) bn‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ]‪ [-‬ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ‪.OFF‬‬
‫‪AR-23‬‬
‫‪25/03/2008 06:02:49‬‬
‫‪CTK2000_00_ar.indb 23‬‬
‫ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻻﻏﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﻹﺟﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫■ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ‪١‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪١‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪٢‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪٣‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ‪٢‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪١‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪٢‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪٣‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ‪٢ ،١‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪*٣‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ‪٣‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪١‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪٢‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪٣‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ‪ ،٢ ،١‬ﻭ‪٣‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪*٣‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪١‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪٢‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪٣‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ‪ ١‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫• ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪*٣‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﺃﻛﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ‬
‫* ﺗﺘﻘﺪﻡ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪ ،‬ﺑﻐﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺣﺼﻮﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ‬
‫”!‪ “Bravo‬ﺍﻡ ﻻ‪.‬‬
‫‪AR-24‬‬
‫‪25/03/2008 06:02:50‬‬
‫‪CTK2000_00_ar.indb 24‬‬
‫ﻟﻌﺒﺔ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪cm‬‬
‫‪bo bp bq‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ﻫﻲ ﻟﻌﺒﺔ ﺗﻘﻴﺲ ﻣﺪﻯ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺭﺩ ﻓﻌﻠﻚ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻗﻴﺎﻣﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ ﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻭﺗﺒﻴﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻷﺻﺎﺑﻊ‪.‬‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪.cm‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ‪-‬ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﻣﻴﺾ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺃﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪bk‬‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﻣﻴﺾ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻹﺿﺎءﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺍﻷﺻﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺑﻘﺪﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﻜﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻨﻄﻔﺄ ﺇﺿﺎءﺓ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ‪-‬ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻟﻜﻲ ﻳﻤﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺑﺄﻧﻚ ﻗﺪ ﻣﺴﺤﺖ ﺃﻭﻝ ﻧﻮﺗﺔ‪ .‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ‪-‬ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﺳﻮﻑ‬
‫ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﻣﻴﺾ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻛﻦ ﺟﺎﻫﺰﺍً ﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺄﺧﺬﻩ ﻟﻠﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺇﺿﺎءﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻋﻠﻰ‪-‬ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ )ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‪ ٠٫١ :‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ(‪ .‬ﻛﻠﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‬
‫ﺃﻗﺼﺮ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺗﻚ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻋﻠﻰ‪-‬ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﻣﻴﺾ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻹﺿﺎءﺓ‪ ،‬ﺳﻮﻑ ﻻﺗﺘﻘﺪﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٠٫٣‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﺑﺎﻷﺻﺎﺑﻊ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﻠﻌﺒﺔ‬
‫‪B‬‬
‫‪31/10/2008 05:24:48‬‬
‫ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺒﻘﻴﺔ‬
‫! ‪M . CHA L .‬‬
‫‪AR-25‬‬
‫‪CTK2000_08_ar_C07.indd 25‬‬
‫ﻟﻌﺒﺔ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ‬
‫‪.٣‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻌﺒﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺘﻘﺪﻡ ﺑﻨﺠﺎﺡ ﺧﻼﻝ ‪ ٢٠‬ﻧﻮﺗﺔ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺗﻚ ﻭﻭﻗﺖ ﻋﺰﻓﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﻗﺼﻴﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﻭﻗﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻭﺽ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺗﻘﻴﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻤﺴﺢ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻴﻴﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ ،bp ،bo‬ﺍﻭ ‪.bq‬‬
‫• ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﻐﺎء ﺍﻟﻠﻌﺒﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ cm‬ﺃﻭ ‪.bk‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺟﺎﺕ‬
‫‪T i me 1 9 . 2‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ‬
‫‪A‬‬
‫‪Grade:‬‬
‫ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻴﻴﻢ‬
‫ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻴﻴﻢ‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫>ﻋﺎﻟﻲ<‬
‫‪A‬‬
‫‪B‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺪﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻴﻴﻢ‬
‫‪C‬‬
‫‪D‬‬
‫>ﻣﻨﺨﻔﺾ<‬
‫• ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻭﺃﺻﺎﺑﻊ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﺑﺎﻷﺻﺎﺑﻊ ﻳﺸﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﻢ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻋﺸﻮﺍﺋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻉ ﺍﻏﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻌﺒﺔ ﻻﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻋﺪﺍ ‪ ،bk ،1‬ﻭ‪ cm‬ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻔﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻠﻌﺒﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪AR-26‬‬
‫‪31/10/2008 05:11:27‬‬
‫‪B‬‬
‫‪CTK2000_08_ar_C07.indd 26‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬
‫‪bn‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪bp‬‬
‫‪bm‬‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﺒﺴﺎﻃﺔ ﺃﺧﺘﺮ ﻧﻤﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻛﻞ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺗﻌﺰﻑ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻭﺗﺮ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﺪﻙ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺮﻯ ﻓﺴﻮﻑ ﺗﻌﺰﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﺃﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺎً‪ .‬ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺃﻣﺘﻼﻛﻚ‬
‫ﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺷﺨﺼﻴﺔ ﻣﺴﺎﻧﺪﺓ ﺗﻌﺰﻑ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﻣﻌﻚ ﺇﻳﻨﻤﺎ ﺗﺬﻫﺐ‪.‬‬
‫‪6 7 8 9 bk bl‬‬
‫ﺑﺪء ﻭﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﺟﺰء ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ ﻓﻘﻂ‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ‬
‫• ﺗﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﺟﺰﺍء ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (١‬ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ‬
‫)‪ (٢‬ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺹ‬
‫)‪ (٣‬ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻏﻢ‬
‫‪Funk 8B t‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻤﺘﻠﻚ ﻋﺰﻑ ﺟﺰء ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ ﻓﻘﻂ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻤﻠﻚ ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻻﺟﺰﺍء ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﺟﻤﻴﻌﺎً‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺰﻑ ﺟﺰء ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ ﻓﻘﻂ‬
‫ﺟﺰء ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ ﻫﻮ ﺃﺳﺎﺱ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻚ ﺗﺄﺗﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﻛﻢ ﻣﺘﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ‪ ،‬ﺗﺸﻤﻞ ‪-٨‬ﺿﺮﺑﺔ ﻭﺭﻗﺺ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻟﺲ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﺟﺰء ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪.bp‬‬
‫ﺃﺳﻢ ﻧﻤﻂ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ‪-١٠) bn‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ﻹﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻳﺪﻩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ”ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ“ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔﺼﻞ ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔﺮﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺃﻳﻀﺎً ﺇﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺎً ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺒﻮﻋﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﺰﺍﻧﺔ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪.٣‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ bk‬ﺃﻭ ‪.7‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻂ ﻣﻊ ﻛﻞ ﺿﺮﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪.٤‬‬
‫ﺍﻋﺰﻑ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ‪.‬‬
‫‪.٥‬‬
‫ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ bk‬ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫‪AR-27‬‬
‫‪25/03/2008 06:02:51‬‬
‫‪CTK2000_00_ar.indb 27‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬
‫‪.٥‬‬
‫ﻋﺰﻑ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻹﺟﺰﺍء‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﻭﺗﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻋﺰﻑ ﻭﺗﺮ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﻳﺪﻙ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺮﻯ ﻳﻀﻴﻒ ﺍﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺎً ﺃﺟﺰﺍء ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺹ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻏﻢ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻴﺎً‪ .‬ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎً ﻣﺜﻞ ﺃﻣﺘﻼﻛﻚ ﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺷﺨﺼﻴﺔ ﻣﺴﺎﻧﺪﺓ ﺗﺤﺖ‬
‫ﻃﻠﺒﻚ‪.‬‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫ﺃﺑﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﻟﺠﺰء ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ ﻟﻠﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪.bl‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ bl‬ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻳﻌﻮﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺑﺪء ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺑﻤﺠﺮﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﺰﻑ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ‪،‬‬
‫ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ”ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﺪء ﺍﻟﺘﺰﺍﻣﻦ“ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪.AR-31‬‬
‫ﺃﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻹﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺃﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻤﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ‪FINGERED 1‬‬
‫• ‪FINGERED 2‬‬
‫• ‪FINGERED 3‬‬
‫• ‪CASIO CHORD‬‬
‫• ‪FULL RANGE CHORD‬‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ bl‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺇﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ‬
‫ﺗﻀﻲء‬
‫‪Cho r d‬‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫‪.٣‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻌﺰﻑ ﺍﻷﻭﺗﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺟﺰﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺹ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻏﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﺰء ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻠﻮﺩﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﺗﺎﺭ‬
‫)ﻻﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻋﺰﻑ ﻟﻠﺤﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻠﻮﺩﻱ(‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ‪-١٠) bn‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ]‪ [-‬ﻭ]‪ [+‬ﻹﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻳﺪﻩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻛﻞ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ‪ ،‬ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ”ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ“‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔﺼﻞ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺄﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺃﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﻮﻑ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ ﺃﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺎً ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﻚ ﺑﺎﻹﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.bl‬‬
‫‪F3‬‬
‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ D-F#-A-C‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﻷﺻﻮﺍﺕ ‪ D-F#-A-C‬ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ )‪.(D7‬‬
‫‪.٤‬‬
‫ﺍﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻭﺗﺎﺭ ﺍﺧﺮﻯ ﺑﺎﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺮﻯ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻗﻴﺎﻣﻚ ﺑﻌﺰﻑ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻠﻮﺩﻱ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺪﻙ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻨﻰ‪.‬‬
‫‪AR-28‬‬
‫‪25/03/2008 06:02:52‬‬
‫‪CTK2000_00_ar.indb 28‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬
‫■ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﺑﺎﻷﺻﺎﺑﻊ ‪ ،٢ ،١‬ﻭ‪٣‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﺑﺎﻷﺻﺎﺑﻊ ﻟﻠﻮﺗﺮ ‪CASIO CHORD‬‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﺍﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﺑﺎﻷﺻﺎﺑﻊ ﻟﻸﻭﺗﺎﺭ ‪-٣‬ﻧﻮﺗﺔ ﺃﻭ ‪-٤‬ﻧﻮﺗﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ‪ .‬ﻻﺣﻆ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻊ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﻭﺗﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﻌﺰﻑ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺗﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻣﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﻮﻑ ﻳﻌﺰﻓﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻱ ﺣﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ‬
‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻭﺗﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﻦ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ‬
‫‪ CASIO CHORD‬ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﻌﺰﻑ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﺳﻤﻪ ﻣﻌﻠﻢ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ‪ .‬ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻌﻠﻤﺔ ﺑﻨﻔﺲ ﺃﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺰﻑ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎً‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﻭﺗﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﺮﻯ‬
‫ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻌﺰﻑ ﻭﺗﺮ ﺻﻐﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺛﻨﺎء ﻗﻴﺎﻣﻚ‬
‫ﺃﻳﻀﺎً ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺃﺧﺮ ﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﺑﺎﻻﺻﺎﺑﻊ ‪١‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﺰﻑ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻮﺗﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﺑﺎﻻﺻﺎﺑﻊ ‪٢‬‬
‫ﻻﻳﺸﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﺑﺎﻷﺻﺎﺑﻊ ‪ ،“FINGERED 1” ١‬ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺱ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ‪ m7‬ﺃﻭ ‪.m7 5‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﻭﺗﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻌﺰﻑ ﻭﺗﺮ ﺳﺎﺑﻊ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺛﻨﺎء ﻗﻴﺎﻣﻚ‬
‫ﺃﻳﻀﺎً ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺣﻴﻦ ﺃﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﺑﺎﻻﺻﺎﺑﻊ ‪٣‬‬
‫ﻻﻳﺸﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﺑﺎﻷﺻﺎﺑﻊ ‪ ،“FINGERED 1” ١‬ﻳﺴﻤﺢ‬
‫ﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺃﻭﺗﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺴﺮ ﻣﻊ ﻧﻮﺗﺔ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻷﻗﻞ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻧﻮﺗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺹ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﻭﺗﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﺮﻯ‬
‫ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻌﺰﻑ ﻭﺗﺮ ﺳﺎﺑﻊ ﺻﻐﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺛﻨﺎء‬
‫ﻗﻴﺎﻣﻚ ﺃﻳﻀﺎً ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‬
‫ﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫■ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ ﻛﺎﺳﻴﻮ ‪CASIO CHORD‬‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ ﻛﺎﺳﻴﻮ ‪ ،CASIO CHORD‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﺑﺎﻷﺻﺎﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺴﻂ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻌﺰﻑ ﺍﻻﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻭﺗﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﺣﺔ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‬
‫‪ C) C‬ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ(‬
‫‪C C#D Eb E F F#G Ab A Bb B C C#DEb E F‬‬
‫‪ C) Cm‬ﺍﻟﺼﻐﻴﺮ(‬
‫‪C C#D Eb E F F#G Ab A Bb B C C#DEb E F‬‬
‫‪ C) C7‬ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻊ(‬
‫‪C C#D Eb E F F#G Ab A Bb B C C#DEb E F‬‬
‫‪Cm7‬‬
‫)‪ C‬ﺍﻟﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻊ(‬
‫‪C C#D Eb E F F#G Ab A Bb B C C#DEb E F‬‬
‫• ﻋﻨﺪ ﻋﺰﻑ ﻭﺗﺮ ﺻﻐﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺮ ﺳﺎﺑﻊ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻭﺗﺮ ﺳﺎﺑﻊ ﺻﻐﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻧﻪ ﻻﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻓﺮﻕ ﺳﻮﺍء‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻹﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻀﻐﻄﻬﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺳﻮﺩﺍء ﺃﻭ ﺑﻴﻀﺎء‪.‬‬
‫■ ﻭﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫ﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﺍﻷﻭﺗﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﺤﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻠﻮﺩﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ‪/‬ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻠﻮﺩﻱ‬
‫‪AR-29‬‬
‫‪25/03/2008 06:02:52‬‬
‫‪CTK2000_00_ar.indb 29‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺃﺧﺘﻼﻓﺎﺕ ﺃﻧﻤﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﺃﻧﻤﺎﻁ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻹﻧﻬﺎء‪ ،‬ﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﺍﻧﻤﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺤﺸﻮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻌﺰﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻼﻓﺎﺕ ﻷﻧﻤﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫■ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻧﻤﻂ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻳﻤﺘﻠﻚ ”ﻧﻤﻂ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ“ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻤﺜﻞ ”ﻧﻤﻂ ﺃﺧﺘﻼﻑ“‪.‬‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫■ ﺣﺸﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ ﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﻧﻤﻂ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻹﺩﺍء‪.‬‬
‫• ”‪ “fill-in‬ﻫﻮ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ﻗﺼﻴﺮ ﻳﻌﺰﻑ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﺰﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻌﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻥ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻧﻤﻂ ﺍﻟﺤﺸﻮ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺨﻠﻖ ﻭﺻﻠﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻟﺤﻨﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻮﻟﻮﺩﻱ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺗﻮﻛﻴﺪ ﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻻﻧﻤﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻭﺃﻧﻤﺎﻁ ﺍﻹﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻤﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺤﺸﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻔﺮﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻬﻤﺎ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺣﺸﻮ ﻧﻤﻂ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻋﺰﻑ ﻧﻤﻂ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪.7‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻌﺰﻑ ﺍﻟﺤﺸﻮ ﻟﻠﻨﻤﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻱ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻴﺪ ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻱ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻥ ﻳﻜﺘﻤﻞ ﻧﻤﻂ ﺍﻟﺤﺸﻮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪.8‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺒﺪﺍ ﻧﻤﻂ ﺍﻹﺧﺘﻼﻑ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻀﻲء‬
‫ﻳﻀﻲء‬
‫● ﺣﺸﻮ ﻧﻤﻂ ﺍﻹﺧﺘﻼﻑ‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ 7‬ﻳﻌﻮﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻱ‪.‬‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻋﺰﻑ ﻧﻤﻂ ﺍﻹﺧﺘﻼﻑ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪.8‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻌﺰﻑ ﺍﻟﺤﺸﻮ ﻟﻨﻤﻂ ﺍﻹﺧﺘﻼﻑ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻴﺪ ﻋﺰﻑ ﻧﻤﻂ ﺍﻹﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻥ ﻳﻜﺘﻤﻞ ﻧﻤﻂ ﺍﻟﺤﺸﻮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻀﻲء‬
‫ﻳﻀﻲء‬
‫■ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺯﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫■ ﺇﻧﻬﺎء ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪.6‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﻧﻤﻂ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺒﺪﺍ ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻱ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﻧﻤﻂ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ 8‬ﺍﺛﻨﺎء ﻋﺰﻑ ﻧﻤﻂ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﻮﻑ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﻧﻤﻂ ﺍﻷﺧﺘﻼﻑ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﻧﻤﻂ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻀﻲء‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﺍﻹﻧﻬﺎء ﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺯﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪.9‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﻌﺰﻑ ﻧﻤﻂ ﺍﻹﻧﻬﺎء ﻭﺛﻢ ﻳﻮﻗﻒ ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺃﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺎً‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻀﻲء‬
‫‪AR-30‬‬
‫‪25/03/2008 06:02:53‬‬
‫‪CTK2000_00_ar.indb 30‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬
‫■ ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﺪء ﺍﻟﺘﺰﺍﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺒﺪﺃ ﻋﺰﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺑﻤﺠﺮﺩ ﺿﻐﻄﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪.9‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻷﺗﺰﺍﻥ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻌﺰﻓﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫ﻭﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﻟﺒﺪء ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﻣﺾ‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫‪A c ompVo l‬‬
‫ﺍﻋﺰﻑ ﻭﺗﺮ ﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﻣﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺰء ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ )ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻱ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻳﺎً ﻣﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺋﻬﺎ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻭﺟﻮﺩﻙ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺰﺍﻣﻦ ﻟﻜﻲ‬
‫ﺗﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻂ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺮ‪-‬ﻋﺎﺩﻱ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺒﺪﺃ ﻣﻊ ﻧﻤﻂ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪.6‬‬
‫• ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺒﺪﺃ ﻣﻊ ﻋﺰﻑ ﻧﻤﻂ ﺍﻹﺧﺘﻼﻑ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪.8‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ )ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ(‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻼﺋﻤﻚ‪.‬‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ 3‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺕ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ”‪ “AcompVol‬ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-4‬‬
‫ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺒﻖ ﺫﻭ ﺍﻟﻠﻤﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺒﻖ ﺫﻭ ﺍﻟﻠﻤﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﺃﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺎً ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﺜﻞ ﻟﻠﻨﻐﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻀﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻻﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﻊ ﻧﻤﻂ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﺧﺘﺮﺗﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪.bm‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ‪) y‬ﺍﻷﺑﻄﺎ( ﻭ‪) t‬ﺍﻷﺳﺮﻉ( ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ‪ .‬ﺍﻷﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻳﺎً ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﻳﻦ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ y‬ﻭ‪ t‬ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﻌﻮﺩ ﺑﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ ﻟﻠﻮﺿﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻲ ﺗﺒﻌﺎً ﻟﻺﻳﻘﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻴﺎً‪.‬‬
‫• ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺗﻮﻣﺾ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﻳﻀﺎً ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ‪-١٠) bn‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ(‬
‫ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﻩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺈﺟﺮﺍء ﺃﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ‪،‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﻑ ﺗﻌﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻭﺿﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.bm‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ‪-١٠) bn‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ]‪ [-‬ﻭ]‪ [+‬ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻀﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺻﻮﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ bp‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺎً ﺑﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺒﻖ ﺫﻭ ﺍﻟﻠﻤﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺗﺒﻌﺎً‬
‫ﻟﻨﻤﻂ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻴﺎً‪.‬‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫ﺃﻋﺰﻑ ﻭﺗﺮ ﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺃﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺎً‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﻣﺾ‬
‫‪AR-31‬‬
‫‪27/03/2008 09:23:27‬‬
‫‪CTK2000_09_ar_C08.indd 31‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺑﺄﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ‬
‫‪bn‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪bl‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺗﺒﺎﺩﻝ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪ MIDI‬ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻢ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ‬
‫ﺃﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺳﻮﻓﺖ ﻭﻳﺮ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺃﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪ MIDI‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺪ ﺍﻷﺩﻧﻰ ﻟﻤﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻵﺗﻲ ﻳﻮﺿﺢ ﺍﻟﺤﺪ ﺍﻷﺩﻧﻲ ﻟﻤﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺃﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻭﺇﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫‪ .MIDI‬ﺍﻓﺤﺺ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻳﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﻗﺒﻞ‬
‫ﻗﻴﺎﻣﻚ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺑﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺎﻡ!‬
‫• ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﻚ ﺗﺘﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﻟﻠﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﺒﻂ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺠﻌﻞ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻭﺇﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﺴﺘﺤﻴ ً‬
‫ﻼ‪.‬‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫ﺣﻮﻝ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻭﺛﻢ ﺃﺑﺪﺃ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ‬
‫ﺑﻚ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺒﺪء ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻓﺖ ﻭﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ‬
‫ﺣﺘﻰ ﺍﻷﻥ!‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫• ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫‪ SP2) Windows® XP‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﺣﺪﺙ(*‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫®‪*Windows Vista‬‬
‫‪ ،10.4.11 ،10.3.9) Mac OS® X‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﺣﺪﺙ‪ 10.5.2 ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﺣﺪﺙ(‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺑﺪء ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ‪ USB‬ﻣﺘﺎﺡ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻳﺎً‬
‫ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻠﻪ ﺑﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﻔﺬ ‪ USB‬ﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻﻞ ‪B‬‬
‫*‪ Windows XP :١‬ﺇﺻﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﻨﺰﻟﻲ‬
‫‪ Windows XP‬ﺇﺣﺘﺮﺍﻓﻲ )‪-٣٢‬ﺑﺒﺖ(‬
‫*‪-٣٢) Windows Vista :٢‬ﺑﺒﺖ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻞ ‪USB‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ‪(A-B‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻﻞ ‪A‬‬
‫• ﻣﻨﻔﺬ ‪USB‬‬
‫ﻫﺎﻡ!‬
‫ﻣﻨﻔﺬ ‪ USB‬ﻟﻠﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‬
‫• ﻻﺗﻘﻢ ﻣﻄﻠﻘﺎً ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻻﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻼﺋﻤﺎً ﻟﻠﻤﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ‪ .‬ﺃﻥ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺒﺐ ﻣﺸﺎﻛﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ‪.‬‬
‫‪.٣‬‬
‫ﺣﻮﻝ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻭﻝ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺴﻮﻑ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻣﺸﻐﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻓﺖ ﻭﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻭﺇﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﺒﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺃﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺎً‪.‬‬
‫‪.٤‬‬
‫ﺃﺑﺪﺃ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻓﺖ ﻭﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ﻟﻠﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ‪.‬‬
‫‪AR-32‬‬
‫‪27/03/2008 09:24:48‬‬
‫‪CTK2000_10_ar_C09.indd 32‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺑﺄﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ‬
‫‪.٥‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻓﺖ ﻭﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻵﺗﻲ‬
‫ﻛﺎﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪.MIDI‬‬
‫ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ‪MIDI‬‬
‫‪) :CASIO USB-MIDI‬ﺧﺎﺹ ﺏ ‪(Mac OS X ،Windows Vista‬‬
‫‪) :USB Audio Device‬ﺧﺎﺹ ﺏ ‪(Windows XP‬‬
‫ﻗﻨﺎﺓ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫• ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺇﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪ ،MIDI‬ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ﻭﺛﺎﺋﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺗﺄﺗﻲ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻓﺖ ﻭﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺎﻡ!‬
‫• ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺃﻭ ًﻻ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺪء ﻓﻲ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻓﺖ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ﻟﻠﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻭ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﻋﺒﺮ ‪ USB‬ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻔﺎً ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﺛﻨﺎء ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺑﻨﻚ ﺍﻷﻏﺎﻧﻲ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪ ،(AR-15‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺇﺿﺎءﺓ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﺛﻨﺎء ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﺣﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺗﺨﻄﻂ ﻟﺘﺒﺎﺩﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ًﻻ ﻗﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-6‬‬
‫• ﺑﻤﺠﺮﺩ ﺍﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺎﺩﺭﺍً ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺑﻨﺠﺎﺡ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻧﻪ ﻻﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺗﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻞ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻣﺘﺼﻼ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻭ‪/‬ﺃﻭ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ‬
‫‪USB‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺗﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ‪ MIDI‬ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ‪.(GM) ١‬‬
‫• ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻄﺒﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻭﺇﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫‪ MIDI‬ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻫﺬﻩ‪ ،‬ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ﺃﺣﺪﺙ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻋﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻔﺢ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺍﻷﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ‪.URL‬‬
‫‪http://world.casio.com/‬‬
‫ﻗﻨﺎﺓ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻫﻲ ﻗﻨﺎﺓ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺎ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﻨﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻳﺪﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ 3‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺕ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ”‪ “Keybd Ch‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ‬
‫)ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-4‬‬
‫‪Ch‬‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫‪Ke y bd‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ‪-١٠) bn‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ]‪ [-‬ﻭ]‪ [+‬ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻗﻨﺎﺓ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺣﺜﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺣﺜﺔ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻥ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻟﻘﻨﺎﺓ ﻣﺤﺪﺩﺓ )ﺟﺰء(‬
‫ﻛﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ‪-‬ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺗﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﻦ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻢ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻟﻪ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪.‬‬
‫■ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺣﺜﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﻦ ‪ ١٦‬ﻗﻨﺎﺓ ﻣﺘﺎﺣﺔ )ﻣﺮﻗﻤﺔ ﻣﻦ ‪ ١‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ ،(١٦‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺃﻱ ﻗﻨﺎﺗﻴﻦ ﻣﺘﺠﺎﻭﺭﺗﻴﻦ )ﻣﺜﻞ‬
‫‪ 05‬ﻭ‪ (06‬ﻛﻘﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﺣﺜﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻘﻨﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻗﻤﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻗﻢ ﺍﻷﺻﻐﺮ ﻫﻲ ﻗﻨﺎﺓ ﺑﺤﺚ )‪ ،(L‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻛﺒﺮ ﻫﻲ ﻗﻨﺎﺓ ﺑﺤﺚ )‪ .(R‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻨﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺣﺜﺔ )‪ (R‬ﺳﻮﻑ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺃﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺎً ﺑﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﻨﺎﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺣﺜﺔ )‪ (L‬ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺜﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ 3‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺕ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ”‪ “Navi. Ch‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ‬
‫)ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-4‬‬
‫‪Ch‬‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫‪Nav i .‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ‪-١٠) bn‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ﻟﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻨﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺣﺜﺔ )‪.(R‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺃﻳﻀﺎً ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺎً ﺑﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﻨﺎﺓ ﺍﻷﻗﻞ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻛﻘﻨﺎﺓ ﺑﺎﺣﺜﺔ )‪.(L‬‬
‫‪AR-33‬‬
‫‪25/03/2008 06:02:55‬‬
‫‪CTK2000_00_ar.indb 33‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺑﺄﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ‬
‫■ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻗﻨﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻭﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻟﺠﺰء ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻲ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺛﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻭﻋﺰﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺰء ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻐﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺑﻨﻔﺴﻚ‪.‬‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ bl‬ﻹﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻨﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﺿﻐﻄﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ bl‬ﺗﺪﻭﺭ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﻣﻦ )‪ (١‬ﺇﻟﻰ )‪ (٤‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻰ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻭﺣﺔ‬
‫ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﻗﻨﺎﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻟﺠﺰء ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻐﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺎً ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻨﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺣﻮﻟﺘﻬﺎ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ‬
‫ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﻛﻠﺘﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﻨﺎﺗﻴﻦ )ﺍﻹﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ )‪ ،((٣‬ﻓﺄﻥ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻌﺰﻓﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫ﻳﺼﺪﺭ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺎً ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﻗﻨﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ )‪.(R‬‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺃﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺒﺎﺩﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻓﺪ ﻻﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻥ ﺗﺼﺪﺭ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻋﺰﻓﺘﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪ .‬ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻣﻦ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺫﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ 3‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺕ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ”‪ “Local‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ‬
‫)ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-4‬‬
‫‪Loca l‬‬
‫ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﻨﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ‪-١٠) bn‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ]‪ [-‬ﻭ]‪ [+‬ﻟﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺧﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ‪Accomp Out‬‬
‫ﻗﻨﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ )‪(L‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ‪-‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫)‪ (١‬ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ‪ R‬ﻓﻘﻂ‬
‫{‬
‫✕‬
‫ﻗﻨﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ )‪(R‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ‪-‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫✕‬
‫{‬
‫)‪ (٢‬ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ‪ L‬ﻓﻘﻂ‬
‫✕‬
‫{‬
‫{‬
‫✕‬
‫)‪ (٣‬ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ‪ L‬ﻭ‪R‬‬
‫✕‬
‫{‬
‫✕‬
‫{‬
‫)‪ (٤‬ﻻﺗﻌﺮﺽ ‪ L‬ﺍﻭ ‪R‬‬
‫{‬
‫{‬
‫{‬
‫{‬
‫ﺳﻤﺎﺣﻴﺔ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺧﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ 3‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺕ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ”‪ “AcompOut‬ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-4‬‬
‫‪A c ompOu t‬‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ‪-١٠) bn‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ]‪ [-‬ﻭ]‪ [+‬ﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺧﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ‪.‬‬
‫‪AR-34‬‬
‫‪25/03/2008 06:02:56‬‬
‫‪CTK2000_00_ar.indb 34‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺑﺄﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﺴﺘﻴﺮﻳﻮ ﻣﺘﺎﺡ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻳﺎً‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻣﻜﺒﺮ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺗﻜﺒﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺸﻐﻞ ﺻﻮﺗﻲ ﻣﺤﻤﻮﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺻﻮﺗﻰ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺃﺳﻼﻙ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻣﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻳﺎً‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﻓﺮﻫﺎ ﺃﻧﺖ‪ .‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﺃﺳﻼﻙ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺎﺑﺲ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺘﻴﻦ ﻭﻗﺎﺑﺲ ﻳﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻲ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻑ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺎﻡ!‬
‫• ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻼﺕ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﻔﺾ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻛﻠﻤﺎ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺣﻮﻝ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺃﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻣﺸﻮﻫﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺻﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺻﻮﺗﻲ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﻔﺾ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺒﺲ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺝ‬
‫)‪(PHONES/OUTPUT‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺒﺮ‪ ،‬ﺃﻟﺦ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺑﺲ ﺃﺳﺘﻴﺮﻳﻮ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺃﺳﻼﻙ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻣﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻳﺎً‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﻓﺮﻫﺎ ﺃﻧﺖ‪ .‬ﺃﺳﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺎﺑﺲ ﺻﻐﻴﺮ ﺃﺳﺘﺮﻳﻮ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﻃﺮﻓﻴﻪ ﻭﻗﺎﺑﺲ ﻳﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻑ ﺍﻷﺧﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺎﻡ!‬
‫• ﺣﻮﻝ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻼﺕ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺣﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ ﺣﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ‬
‫ﺑﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﺛﻢ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻣﺸﻮﻫﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺼﺪﺭ ﺻﻮﺗﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﺃﺧﻔﺾ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻟﻠﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺒﺲ ﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ‪AUDIO IN‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫ﻣﺸﻐﻞ ﺻﻮﺗﻲ ﻣﺤﻤﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺦ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺑﺲ ﺻﻐﻴﺮ ﺃﺳﺘﺮﻳﻮ‬
‫‪AR-35‬‬
‫‪25/03/2008 06:02:56‬‬
‫‪CTK2000_00_ar.indb 35‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻘﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺄ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺘﻤﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻻ ﺃﺟﺪ ﺷﻲء ﻣﺎ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻫﻨﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻓﺤﺺ ﺑﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻠﻔﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻻﺗﺘﺤﻮﻝ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺃﻓﺤﺺ ﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻨﺎﻭﺏ ‪ AC‬ﺃﻭ ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‬
‫)ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-5‬‬
‫• ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺑﺄﺧﺮﻯ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﻟﻠﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻨﺎﻭﺏ ‪AC‬‬
‫)ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-5‬‬
‫ﺗﺨﺮﺝ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﻲ ﺟﺪﺍً ﻭﺛﻢ ﻓﺠﺎءﺓ ﺗﻔﻘﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺑﺄﺧﺮﻯ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﻟﻠﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻨﺎﻭﺏ ‪AC‬‬
‫)ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-5‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻄﻔﺄ ﻗﺪﺭﺓ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻓﺠﺎءﺓ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺑﻀﻊ ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺤﺪﺙ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻨﻄﻠﻖ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-6‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ ﺗﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺧﺘﻔﺎﺋﻬﺎ ﺍﻭ ﺗﻮﻣﺾ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺑﺄﺧﺮﻯ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﻟﻠﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻨﺎﻭﺏ ‪AC‬‬
‫)ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-5‬‬
‫ﺗﻈﻞ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ‪-‬ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ ﻭﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺗﻨﺘﻈﺮﻙ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻌﺰﻑ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ‬
‫ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺃﻟﻐﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-21‬‬
‫ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻣﺮﺋﻴﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺭﻭﺋﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ‪ .‬ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﻻﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﺠﺰ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺼﻮﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺤﺪﺙ ﺷﻲء ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺃﻗﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺿﺒﻂ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-6‬‬
‫• ﺃﻓﺤﺺ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺷﻲء ﻣﻘﺒﺲ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒﺲ ‪ (dn) PHONES/OUTPUT‬ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺧﻠﻒ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻭﺛﻢ ﺃﻋﺪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻌﻴﺪ ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻟﻠﻮﺿﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻲ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-6‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺤﺪﺙ ﺷﻲء ﺃﻭ ﻻﺗﻌﺰﻑ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺍﻗﻮﻡ ﺑﻌﺰﻑ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ bl‬ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺒﻄﻞ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-28‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻷﻳﺴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺤﺪﺙ ﺷﻲء ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺍﺑﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻣﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻋﺎﺕ ‪ ،140‬ﻭﻣﻦ ‪ 142‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ ،150‬ﻻﻳﺼﺪﺭ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺃﻱ ﺷﻲء ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻌﺰﻑ ﻭﺗﺮ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪ .‬ﺣﺎﻭﻝ ﻋﺰﻑ ﻭﺗﺮ ﻣﺎ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-28‬‬
‫• ﺃﻓﺤﺺ ﻭﺃﺿﺒﻂ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-31‬‬
‫• ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻭﺛﻢ ﺃﻋﺪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻌﻴﺪ ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻟﻠﻮﺿﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻲ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-6‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺤﺪﺙ ﺷﻲء ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺃﺑﺪﺃ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﺄﺧﺬ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻗﻠﻴﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺒﺪﺍ ﺍﻻﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ‪ .‬ﺃﻧﺘﻈﺮ ﻟﻠﺤﻈﺔ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺒﺪﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺃﻓﺤﺺ ﻭﺃﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-17‬‬
‫• ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻭﺛﻢ ﺃﻋﺪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻌﻴﺪ ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻟﻠﻮﺿﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻲ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-6‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺼﺪﺭ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺑﻨﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺃﻓﺤﺺ ﻭﺃﺿﺒﻂ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-31‬‬
‫• ﺃﻓﺤﺺ ﻭﺃﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-17‬‬
‫• ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻭﺛﻢ ﺃﻋﺪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻌﻴﺪ ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻟﻠﻮﺿﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻲ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-6‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﺗﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺻﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪ ،‬ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻭﺛﻢ ﺃﻋﺪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻌﻴﺪ ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻟﻠﻮﺿﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻲ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-6‬‬
‫• ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺑﺄﺧﺮﻯ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﻟﻠﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻨﺎﻭﺏ ‪AC‬‬
‫)ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-5‬‬
‫‪AR-36‬‬
‫‪25/03/2008 06:02:57‬‬
‫‪CTK2000_00_ar.indb 36‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻋﺰﻓﻬﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﺣﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺼﺪﺭ ﺻﻮﺗﻬﺎ ﺗﺰﻳﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺪ ﺍﻻﻗﺼﻲ ﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﻷﺻﻮﺍﺕ ‪ ٢٤) ٤٨‬ﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺕ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻻﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﺠﺰ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺼﻮﺭ‪ .‬ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ”ﺍﻟﺤﺪ ﺍﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﻷﺻﻮﺍﺕ“ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ”ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ“‬
‫ﻓﻲ ”ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ“ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔﺼﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻢ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﻩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺿﺒﻂ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-6‬‬
‫• ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻭﺛﻢ ﺃﻋﺪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻌﻴﺪ ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻟﻠﻮﺿﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻲ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-6‬‬
‫• ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺑﺄﺧﺮﻯ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﻟﻠﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻨﺎﻭﺏ ‪AC‬‬
‫)ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-5‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺧﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻏﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻐﻴﺮﻟﻤﺴﻲ ﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺩﻳﻞ ‪ CTK-3000‬ﻓﻘﻂ(‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺇﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻤﺲ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-7‬‬
‫• ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻭﺛﻢ ﺃﻋﺪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻌﻴﺪ ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻟﻠﻮﺿﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻲ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-6‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺃﻣﺪﻳﺔ ﻣﺤﺪﺩﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻗﻠﻴﻼ ﻋﻦ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻣﺪﻳﺔ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﺠﺰ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺼﻮﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺗﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﻴﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﺠﺰ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺼﻮﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻢ ﻟﻠﻨﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻻﺗﺘﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻵﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺻﻮﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻏﺮﻳﺒﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﻣﻊ ﺃﻵﺕ ﺍﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺃﻓﺤﺺ ﻭﺃﺿﺒﻂ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪ (AR-11‬ﻭﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻐﻴﻢ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-11‬‬
‫• ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻭﺛﻢ ﺃﻋﺪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻌﻴﺪ ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻟﻠﻮﺿﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻲ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-6‬‬
‫ﺇﺻﺪﺍء ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﻓﺠﺎءﺓ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺃﻓﺤﺺ ﻭﺍﺿﺒﻂ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻹﺻﺪﺍء )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-10‬‬
‫• ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻭﺛﻢ ﺃﻋﺪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻌﻴﺪ ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻟﻠﻮﺿﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻲ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-6‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺃﺧﺬﺕ ﻋﻴﻨﺔ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻢ ﺧﺬﻓﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺧﺬﻓﻬﺎ ﺣﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﻗﺪﺭﺓ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-13‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺃﺟﺮﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻄﻲ ﻹﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻄﻲ ﻟﻠﺨﻠﻒ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻥ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻄﻲ ﺗﺤﺮﻙ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﻟﻸﻏﻨﻴﺔ ً‬
‫ﺑﺪﻻ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻥ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻄﻲ ﻟﻸﻣﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺨﻄﻲ ﻟﻠﺨﻠﻒ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺋﻬﺎ ﺑﻮﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-16‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻲ ﺗﺒﺎﺩﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺃﻓﺤﺺ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻞ ‪ USB‬ﻣﻮﺻﻞ ﺑﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫ﻣﺨﺘﺎﺭﺃ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﻊ ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻓﺖ ﻭﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ﻟﻠﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ‬
‫)ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-32‬‬
‫• ﺣﻮﻝ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻭﺛﻢ ﺃﺧﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻓﺖ ﻭﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺪ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﺣﻮﻝ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺍﺧﺮﻯ ﺛﻢ ﺍﻋﺪ ﺑﺪء ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻓﺖ ﻭﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‬
‫‪AR-37‬‬
‫‪25/03/2008 06:02:58‬‬
‫‪CTK2000_00_ar.indb 37‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺩﻳﻞ‬
‫ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫ﺇﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻤﺲ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺩﻳﻞ ‪ CTK-3000‬ﻓﻘﻂ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺪ ﺍﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﻷﺻﻮﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ‬
‫ﻧﻐﻤﺎﺕ ﺃﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺻﺪﺍء‬
‫ﺑﻨﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺑﺎﺕ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺪﻯ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺑﻨﻚ ﺍﻻﻏﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻟﺤﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﻭﺱ‬
‫ﺟﺰء ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻤﺎﻁ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ‬
‫ﻭﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻐﻴﻢ‬
‫‪MIDI‬‬
‫ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻋﺠﻠﺔ ﺇﻧﺤﻨﺎء ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻢ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺩﻳﻞ ‪ CTK-3000‬ﻓﻘﻂ(‬
‫ﻣﺪﻯ ﺇﻧﺤﻨﺎء ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻮﺍﺭﺝ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﺧﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻔﺬ ‪USB‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺒﺲ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻋﻴﻢ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺒﺲ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺝ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺒﺲ ﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‬
‫‪CTK-2000/CTK-3000‬‬
‫‪ ٦١‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﻢ‪-‬ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﻧﻮﻋﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‬
‫‪ ٤٨‬ﻧﻮﺗﺔ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ )‪ ٢٤‬ﻟﻨﻐﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﺤﺪﺩﺓ(‬
‫‪٤٠٠‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺖ ﺃﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ‪ :‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ )ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﻴﺮﺍﺕ‪ ١٠ :‬ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ‪ ١‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ ،١٠‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ‪ ٠٫٢‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪٦‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ‪ ٣٠‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪٢٥٥‬‬
‫‪١١٠‬‬
‫‪) ٤‬ﺍﻷﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﺬﻛﺮ‪ ،‬ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ(‬
‫‪LR ،R ،L‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺮﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﺑﺎﻷﺻﺎﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻲ‪ ،‬ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺗﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﻘﻴﻴﻢ ﺍﻷﺩﺍء‬
‫‪ ٢٠‬ﻧﻮﺗﺔ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ‬
‫‪١٥٠‬‬
‫‪ ١±‬ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ )–‪ ١٢‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ ١٢+‬ﻧﺼﻒ ﻧﻐﻤﺔ(‬
‫‪ = A4‬ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً ‪ ٤٤٠‬ﻫﺮﺗﺰ ‪ ١٠٠±‬ﺳﻨﺖ‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ‪ ١٦‬ﺟﺮﺱ‪-‬ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩ‪ GM Level 1 ،‬ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ‪ ،‬ﺑﻨﻚ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻻﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء‪ ،‬ﺗﻨﻮﻳﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﺑﺎﻷﺻﺎﺑﻊ‪ ،‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻝ‪ ،‬ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ﻭﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺑﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺃﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ‪ ،‬ﺃﻟﺦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ‪ ٠‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ ١٢‬ﻧﺼﻒ ﻧﻐﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ‪B‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺒﺲ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻲ )ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻋﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻨﻴﻮﺗﻮ‪ ،‬ﻧﺎﻋﻢ‪ ،‬ﺑﺪء‪/‬ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ(‬
‫ﻣﻘﺒﺲ ﺍﺳﺘﻴﺮﻳﻮ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﻭﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺝ‪ ٢٠٠ :‬ﺃﻭﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﻮﻟﺘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺝ‪ ٤٫٨ :‬ﻓﻮﻟﺖ )‪MAX (RMS‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺒﺲ ﺍﺳﺘﺮﻳﻮ ﺻﻐﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﻭﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻞ‪ ٤٠ :‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﺃﻭﻡ‪ ،‬ﺣﺴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ‪ ٢٠٠ :‬ﻣﻠﻠﻲ ﻓﻮﻟﺖ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺒﺲ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺃﻣﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻋﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻨﺎﻭﺏ ‪AC‬‬
‫ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫‪ ٩‬ﻓﻮﻟﺖ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ ‪DC‬‬
‫ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺠﻢ ‪AA‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻗﻠﻮﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﻧﻚ‪-‬ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺑﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫‪٦‬‬
‫ِ‬
‫‪ ٤‬ﺳﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻮﻳﺔ‬
‫‪AD-5‬‬
‫‪ ٦‬ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﺧﺮ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻟﻠﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ )ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺝ‬
‫‪ ١٠‬ﺳﻢ × ‪٢‬‬
‫‪ ٢‬ﻭﺍﺕ ‪ ٢ +‬ﻭﺍﺕ‬
‫‪AR-38‬‬
‫‪07/11/2008 03:32:19‬‬
‫‪B‬‬
‫‪CTK2000_11_ar_Ref.indd 38‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬
‫ﺇﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ‬
‫‪ ٩‬ﻓﻮﻟﺖ = ‪ ٧٫٧‬ﻭﺍﺕ‬
‫‪ ١١٫٢ × ٣٥٫٤ × ٩٤٫٩‬ﺳﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺩﻳﻞ ‪ ٣٫٨ :CTK-2000‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﺟﺮﺍﻡ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً )ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺩﻳﻞ ‪ ٣٫٩ :CTK-3000‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﺟﺮﺍﻡ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً )ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ(‬
‫• ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﻌﺮﺿﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺮﺍءﺓ ﻭﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ ﺇﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫■ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ‬
‫ﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻣﻌﺮﺿﺔ ﻟﻀﻮء ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
‫• ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻣﻌﺮﺿﺔ ﻟﺪﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺟﺪﺍً ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ ﺟﺪﺍً‬
‫• ﻗﺮﻳﺒﺎً ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ‪ ،TV‬ﻣﺸﻐﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻟﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻻﺗﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺠﺰ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺼﻮﺭ ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻥ ﻳﺴﺒﺐ ﺗﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﻟﻠﺼﻮﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻟﻼﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫■ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬
‫• ﻻﺗﻘﻢ ﻣﻄﻠﻘﺎً ﺑﺈﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺰﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻜﺤﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺮ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﻛﻴﻤﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺃﻭ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺤﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺴﺢ ﺑﺈﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﻗﻤﺎﺵ ﻧﺎﻋﻤﺔ ﻣﺒﻠﻠﺔ ﺑﻤﺤﻠﻮﻝ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺎء ﻭﻣﻨﻈﻒ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﻣﺨﻔﻒ‪ .‬ﺃﻋﺴﺮ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﺋﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻤﺎﺵ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫■ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺘﻤﻠﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ ﻟﻺﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻊ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪ .‬ﺍﻥ ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻠﺤﻘﺎﺕ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻌﺘﻤﺪﺓ ﺗﺨﻠﻖ ﺧﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻳﻖ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻹﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫■ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﺮﻱ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪ .‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﻫﻲ ”ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﺎﻡ“ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻨﺘﺞ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺻﻨﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻟﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ‪ .‬ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺷﺮﻭﺥ ﺍﻭ ﺧﺪﻭﺵ‪.‬‬
‫■ ﺃﺩﺍﺏ ﺍﻵﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎً ﺭﺍﻋﻲ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﺣﻮﻟﻚ ﺣﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪ .‬ﻛﻦ ﺣﺬﺭﺍً ﺑﺼﻔﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻌﺰﻑ ﻓﻲ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻣﺘﺄﺧﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻞ ﺣﺎﻓﻆ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﻻ ﺗﻘﻠﻖ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻳﻦ‪ .‬ﺧﻄﻮﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﺗﺨﺎﺫﻫﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﻣﺘﺄﺧﺮﺍً ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻞ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻏﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﻭﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺱ‪.‬‬
‫‪AR-39‬‬
‫‪25/03/2008 06:02:59‬‬
‫‪CTK2000_00_ar.indb 39‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻻﻏﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫ﺑﻨﻚ ﺍﻷﻏﺎﻧﻲ‬
WORLD
001
002
003
004
005
006
007
008
009
010
011
012
013
014
015
016
017
018
019
020
021
022
023
024
025
026
027
028
029
030
031
032
033
034
035
036
037
038
039
040
041
042
043
044
045
TWINKLE TWINKLE LITTLE STAR
LIGHTLY ROW
LONG LONG AGO
ON TOP OF OLD SMOKEY
SAKURA SAKURA
WHEN THE SAINTS GO MARCHING IN
AMAZING GRACE
AULD LANG SYNE
COME BIRDS
DID YOU EVER SEE A LASSIE?
MICHAEL ROW THE BOAT ASHORE
DANNY BOY
MY BONNIE
HOME SWEET HOME
AURA LEE
HOME ON THE RANGE
ALOHA OE
SANTA LUCIA
FURUSATO
GREENSLEEVES
JOSHUA FOUGHT THE BATTLE OF JERICHO
THE MUFFIN MAN
LONDON BRIDGE
UNDER THE SPREADING CHESTNUT TREE
SIPPIN’ CIDER THROUGH A STRAW
GRANDFATHER’S CLOCK
ANNIE LAURIE
BEAUTIFUL DREAMER
IF YOU’RE HAPPY AND YOU KNOW IT, CLAP YOUR
HANDS
MY DARLING CLEMENTINE
LITTLE BROWN JUG
HOUSE OF THE RISING SUN
SHE WORE A YELLOW RIBBON
YANKEE DOODLE
MY OLD KENTUCKY HOME
SZLA DZIEWECZKA
TROIKA
WALTZING MATILDA
ON THE BRIDGE OF AVIGNON
I’VE BEEN WORKING ON THE RAILROAD
OH! SUSANNA
CAMPTOWN RACES
JEANNIE WITH THE LIGHT BROWN HAIR
TURKEY IN THE STRAW
JAMAICA FAREWELL
EVENT
046
047
048
049
050
SILENT NIGHT
WE WISH YOU A MERRY CHRISTMAS
JINGLE BELLS
JOY TO THE WORLD
O CHRISTMAS TREE
PIANO/CLASSICS
051
052
053
054
055
056
057
058
059
060
061
062
063
064
065
066
067
068
069
070
071
072
073
074
075
076
077
078
079
080
081
082
083
084
085
086
087
088
089
090
MARY HAD A LITTLE LAMB
LE CYGNE FROM “LE CARNAVAL DES ANIMAUX”
JE TE VEUX
SONATA op.13 “PATÉTIQUE” 2nd Mov.
HEIDENRÖSLEIN
AIR FROM “SUITE no.3”
SPRING FROM “THE FOUR SEASONS”
HABANERA FROM “CARMEN”
BRINDISI FROM “LA TRAVIATA”
HUNGARIAN DANCES no.5
MINUET IN G MAJOR
MUSETTE IN D MAJOR
GAVOTTE (GOSSEC)
ARABESQUE (BURGMÜLLER)
CHOPSTICKS
DECK THE HALL
ODE TO JOY
AVE MARIA (GOUNOD)
SONATINA op.36 no.1 1st Mov.
PRELUDE op.28 no.7 (CHOPIN)
RÊVERIE
GYMNOPÉDIES no.1
GOING HOME FROM “FROM THE NEW WORLD”
FÜR ELISE
TURKISH MARCH (MOZART)
SONATA op.27 no.2 “MOONLIGHT” 1st Mov.
ETUDE op.10 no.3 “CHANSON DE L’ADIEU”
THE ENTERTAINER
WEDDING MARCH FROM “MIDSUMMER NIGHT’S
DREAM”
AMERICAN PATROL
FRÖHLICHER LANDMANN
LA CHEVALERESQUE
SONATA K.545 1st Mov.
LA PRIÈRE D’UNE VIERGE
VALSE op.64 no.1 “PETIT CHIEN”
LIEBESTRÄUME no.3
JESUS BLEIBET MEINE FREUDE
CANON (PACHELBEL)
SERENADE FROM “EINE KLEINE NACHTMUSIK”
MARCH FROM “THE NUTCRACKER”
EXERCISE
091-100
101-110
EXERCISE I
EXERCISE II
AR-40
CTK2000_00_ar.indb 40
25/03/2008 06:02:59
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ‬
Chord
Type
Root
M
m
aug
sus4
7
m7
dim7
M7
dim
m7-5
C
# b
C /(D )
D
# b
(D )/E
E
F
# b
F /(G )
G
# b
(G )/A
A
# b
(A )/B
B
Chord
Type
Root
7sus4
m add9
mM7
7-5
add9
C
# b
C /(D )
D
# b
(D )/E
E
F
# b
F /(G )
G
# b
(G )/A
A
# b
(A )/B
B
AR-41
CTK2000_00_ar.indb 41
25/03/2008 06:03:00
Models: CTK-2000/CTK-3000
1
1 - 16
Transmitted
1 - 16
1 - 16
Recognized
MIDI Implementation Chart
Default
Changed
Mode 3
X
Function
Basic
Channel
Mode 3
X
O 9nH v = 100 (CTK-2000)
1 - 127 (CTK-3000)
X 9nH v = 0
X
O
O 9nH v = 1 - 127
X 9nH v = 0, 8nH V =**
0 - 127
0 - 127 *1
X
X
O (MSB only)
O
O *3
O
O
O
O
O
O
X
X (CTK-2000) O (CTK-3000) *2
O
O
X
O *4
X (CTK-2000)
O (CTK-3000)
36 - 96
Default
Messages
Altered
Note ON
Note OFF
True voice
Velocity
Key’s
Ch’s
Note
Number
Mode
0, 32
1
6, 38
7
10
11
64
Version : 1.0
‫ﻻ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ‬:**
Remarks
Bank select
Modulation
Data entry
Volume
Pan
Expression
Hold 1
31/10/2008 05:42:34
CTK2000_12_ar_MIDI Chart.indd 44
After
Touch
Pitch Bender
Control
Change
B
‫● ﺃﺳﻤﺎء ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﻛﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻟﻸﺧﺮﻳﻦ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺃﻱ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺳﻮﺍء ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎً ﺃﻭ ﻛﻠﻴﺎً‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻨﻌﺎً ﺑﺎﺗﺎً‪ .‬ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻋﺪﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ‪ ،‬ﺍﻹﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻲ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺇﺳﺘﺸﺎﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻛﺎﺳﻴﻮ ‪ CASIO‬ﻫﻮ ﻣﻤﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻨﻌﺎً ﺑﺎﺗﺎً ﺗﺤﺖ ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻊ‪.‬‬
‫ً‬
‫)ﻣﺸﺘﻤﻼ‪ ،‬ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻷﺗﻼﻓﺎﺕ ﻟﻔﻘﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﺎﺡ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻄﺮﺍﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ( ﻗﺪ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ‬
‫● ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻱ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻛﺎﺳﻴﻮ ‪ CASIO‬ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻱ ﺗﻠﻒ ﺃﻳﻨﻤﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺃﻭ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻛﺎﺳﻴﻮ ‪ CASIO‬ﻗﺪ ﻧﺼﺤﺖ ﺑﺈﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻷﺗﻼﻓﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫● ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﻌﺮﺿﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪25/03/2008 06:01:48‬‬
‫‪CTK2000_00_ar_COV1-4.indd 2‬‬
‫‪Sostenuto‬‬
‫‪Soft pedal‬‬
‫‪Reverb send‬‬
‫‪RPN LSB, MSB‬‬
‫‪All sound off‬‬
‫‪Reset all controller‬‬
‫‪ :*1‬ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ‬
‫‪ : RPN :*2‬ﺣﺴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺇﻧﺤﻨﺎء ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻢ )ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺩﻳﻞ ‪ CTK-3000‬ﻓﻘﻂ(‬
‫‪ : RPN :*3‬ﺣﺴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺇﻧﺤﻨﺎء ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻢ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻐﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻋﻢ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻐﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﺸﻦ‬
‫‪ :*4‬ﺗﺒﻌﺎً ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻝ‬
‫‪ :*5‬ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻊ ﻟﻠﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻲ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻐﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻋﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻐﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﺸﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﻹﺻﺪﺍء‬
‫‪ :*6‬ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻊ ﻟﻠﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻲ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ‪ ،GM‬ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻐﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻋﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻐﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﺸﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﻹﺻﺪﺍء‬
‫• ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻼﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﻣﺶ ‪ ،٥ ،٣ ،٢‬ﻭ‪ ،٦‬ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻢ ‪ MIDI‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ‬
‫‪http://world.casio.com/‬‬
‫‪O : Yes‬‬
‫‪X : No‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O *3‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O *4‬‬
‫‪O *4‬‬
‫‪X‬‬
‫‪X (CTK-2000) O (CTK-3000) *2‬‬
‫‪X‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪66‬‬
‫‪67‬‬
‫‪91‬‬
‫‪100, 101‬‬
‫‪120‬‬
‫‪121‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O *6‬‬
‫‪X‬‬
‫‪X‬‬
‫‪X‬‬
‫‪X‬‬
‫‪X‬‬
‫‪:True #‬‬
‫‪O *5‬‬
‫‪X‬‬
‫‪X‬‬
‫‪X‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪X‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪X‬‬
‫‪Program‬‬
‫‪Change‬‬
‫‪: Song Pos‬‬
‫‪: Song Sel‬‬
‫‪: Tune‬‬
‫‪: Clock‬‬
‫‪: Commands‬‬
‫‪X‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪X‬‬
‫‪X‬‬
‫‪Remarks‬‬
‫‪Messages‬‬
‫‪System Exclusive‬‬
‫‪System‬‬
‫‪Common‬‬
‫‪System‬‬
‫‪Real Time‬‬
‫‪Aux‬‬
‫‪: Local ON/OFF‬‬
‫‪: All notes OFF‬‬
‫‪: Active Sense‬‬
‫‪: Reset‬‬
‫‪Mode 2 : OMNI ON, MONO‬‬
‫‪Mode 4 : OMNI OFF, MONO‬‬
‫‪Mode 1 : OMNI ON, POLY‬‬
‫‪Mode 3 : OMNI OFF, POLY‬‬
‫‪A‬‬
‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻓﻀﻠﻚ ﺣﺎﻓﻆ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻛﻤﺮﺟﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﻳﺔ ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﻓﻰ ﺃﻟﻤﺎﻧﻴﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪MA0811-B Printed in China‬‬
‫‪CTK2000/3000AR1B‬‬
‫‪31/10/2008 05:05:24‬‬
‫ﺇﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﻣﺤﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺮﺍءﺓ ﺍﻟﺠﺰء ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔﺼﻞ ”ﺇﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ“‪.‬‬
‫‪F‬‬
‫‪CTK2000/3000AR1B‬‬
‫‪CTK2000_00_ar_COV1-4.indd 1‬‬
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertising